DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, as Issuer and CITIBANK, N.A., as Trustee and Securities Intermediary AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE Dated as of April 24, 2018

Exhibit 4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC,

as Issuer

and

CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee and Securities Intermediary

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE

Dated as of April 24, 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

ii

iii

iv

v

vi

AMENDED AND RESTATED BASE INDENTURE, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among DRIVEN BRANDS FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and as securities intermediary.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee previously entered into that certain Base Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Original Base Indenture”) to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of notes (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to amend and restate the Original Base Indenture in the manner set forth herein, and to provide for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of Notes in the manner provided in this Base Indenture and in supplements to this Base Indenture and the Series Supplements hereto; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture and all other things necessary to make this Base Indenture a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Issuer proposes to do all the things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer as hereinafter provided;

WHEREAS, the Control Party has consented to the amendment and restatement of the Original Indenture as set forth in this Amended and Restated Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee has received the Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel as described in Section 13.5 of the Original Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the receipt of the Notes by the Noteholders, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Noteholders (in accordance with the priorities set forth herein and in any Series Supplement), as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1    Definitions.

(a)    Capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and the recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture Definitions List attached hereto as Annex A (the “Base Indenture Definitions List”), as such Base Indenture Definitions List may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b)    Any terms used in the Indenture (including, without limitation, for purposes of Article III) that are defined in the UCC and pertaining to Collateral shall be construed and defined as set forth in the UCC, unless otherwise defined in the Indenture.

Section 1.2    Cross-References.

Unless otherwise specified, references in the Indenture and in each other Transaction Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article, Section or definition.

Section 1.3    Accounting and Financial Determinations; No Duplication.

Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined, or any accounting computation is required to be made, for the purpose of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, such determination or calculation shall be made, to the extent applicable and except as otherwise specified in the Indenture or such other Transaction Document, in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statement” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. All accounting determinations and computations hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents shall be made without duplication.

Section 1.4    Rules of Construction.

In the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)    the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(b)    reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Indenture and the other applicable Transaction Documents, as the case may be, and reference to any Person in a particular capacity only refers to such Person in such capacity;

(c)    reference to any gender includes the other gender;

(d)    reference to any Requirement of Law means such Requirement of Law as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time;

(e)    “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

(f)    the word “or” is always used inclusively herein (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both”, not “either A or B but not both”), unless used in an “either ... or” construction;

(g)    reference to any contract or agreement, including any Transaction Document, means such contract or agreement as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; and

(h)    with respect to the determination of any period of time, except as otherwise specified, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding”.

2

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.1    Designation and Terms of Notes.

(a)    Each Series of Notes shall be substantially in the form specified in the applicable Series Supplement and shall bear, upon its face, the designation for such Series to which it belongs as selected by the Issuer, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted hereby or by the applicable Series Supplement and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined to be appropriate by the Authorized Officer of the Issuer executing such Notes, as evidenced by execution of such Notes by such Authorized Officer. All Notes of any Series shall, except as specified in the applicable Series Supplement and in this Base Indenture, be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Base Indenture is unlimited. The Notes of each Series shall be issued in the denominations set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

(b)    With respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and any other Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement entered into by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of any Class A-1 Notes, whether or not any of the following shall have been specifically provided for in the applicable provision of the Indenture Documents, the following shall be true (except to the extent that the Series Supplement with respect to such Class of Notes or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement provides otherwise):

(i)    for purposes of any provision of any Indenture Document relating to any vote, consent, direction, waiver or the like to be given by such Class on any date, with respect to the related Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the relevant principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes to be used in tabulating the percentage of such Class voting, consenting, directing, waiving or the like will be deemed to be the related Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount;

(ii)    for purposes of any provisions of any Indenture Document relating to termination, discharge or the like, such Class shall continue to be deemed Outstanding unless and until all commitments to extend credit under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement have been terminated thereunder and the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class shall have been reduced to zero; and

(iii)    notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, a Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement may provide for different treatment of commitments of a Noteholder of a Class A-1 Note subject to such Series Supplement or such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that has failed to make a payment required to be made by it under the terms of such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, that has provided written notification that it does not intend to make a payment required to be made by it thereunder when due or that has become the subject of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Section 2.2    Notes Issuable in Series.

(a)    The Notes may be issued in one or more Series. Each Series of Notes shall be created by a Series Supplement.

3

(b)    So long as each of the certifications described in clause (iii)(I) and clause (vi) below are true and correct as of the applicable Series Closing Date, Notes of a new Series may from time to time be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon the receipt by the Trustee of a Company Request at least five (5) Business Days (except in the case of the issuance of the Series of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date) in advance of the related Series Closing Date (which Company Request will be revocable by the Issuer upon notice to the Trustee no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) two (2) Business Days prior to the related Series Closing Date) and upon performance or delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Control Party, and receipt by the Trustee and the Control Party, of the following:

(i)    a Company Order authorizing and directing the authentication and delivery of the Notes of such new Series by the Trustee and specifying the designation of such new Series, the Initial Principal Amount (or the method for calculating the Initial Principal Amount) of such new Series to be authenticated and the Note Rate with respect to such new Series;

(ii)    a Series Supplement satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 2.3 executed by the Issuer and the Trustee and specifying the Principal Terms of such new Series;

(iii)    in the case of any Additional Notes, if there is one or more Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) on the applicable Series Closing Date (unless all Series of Notes Outstanding (apart from such Additional Notes) will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of the Additional Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date):

(A)    no Cash Trapping Period is in effect or will commence as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(B)    written confirmation from either the Manager or the Issuer that the Rating Agency Condition with respect to the issuance of such Additional Notes has been satisfied;

(C)    no Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(D)    no Manager Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur as a result of the issuance of such Additional Notes;

(E)    the New Series Pro Forma DSCR is greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00;

(F)    the Senior Leverage Ratio and the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio as of the applicable Series Closing Date are each less than or equal to 7.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of such Additional Notes and any repayment of existing Indebtedness from such Additional Notes;

(G)    the anticipated repayment date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the anticipated repayment date of any Class of Notes then Outstanding (other than in the case of an issuance of Class A-1 Notes);

4

(H)    the legal final maturity date for such Additional Notes will not be prior to the legal final maturity of any Class of Notes then Outstanding;

(I)    one or more Officer’s Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date, certifying to the matters set forth in clauses (A) through (H) above and to the effect that:

(1)    all conditions precedent with respect to the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes provided in this Base Indenture, the related Series Supplement and, if applicable, the related Note Purchase Agreement and any other related note purchase agreement executed in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes have been satisfied or waived;

(2)    the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is in full force and effect as to such Additional Notes;

(3)    each of the parties to the Transaction Documents with respect to such Additional Notes has covenanted and agreed in the Transaction Documents that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; and

(4)    all representations and warranties of the Issuer in this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents are true and correct, and will continue to be true and correct after giving effect to such issuance on the Series Closing Date, in all material respects (other than any representation or warranty that, by its terms, is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct as of such earlier date in all material respects);

(J)    the proposed issuance does not alter or change the terms of any Series of Notes Outstanding or the Series Supplement relating thereto without such consents as are required under this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement;

(K)    all costs, fees and expenses with respect to the issuance of such new Series of Notes or relating to the actions taken in connection with such issuance that are required to be paid on the applicable Series Closing Date have been paid or will be paid from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes; and

(L)    if such new Series of Notes includes Subordinated Debt, the terms of such new Series of Notes include the Subordinated Debt Provisions to the extent applicable.

(iv)    a Tax Opinion, dated the applicable Series Closing Date; provided that, if there are no Notes Outstanding or if all Series of Notes Outstanding will be repaid in full from the proceeds of the issuance of such new Series of Notes or otherwise on the applicable Series Closing Date, only the opinions set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of “Tax Opinion” will be required to be given in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

5

(v)    one or more Opinions of Counsel, subject to the assumptions and qualifications stated therein, and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Control Party, dated the applicable Series Closing Date, substantially to the effect that:

(A)    all of the instruments described in this Section 2.2(b) furnished to the Trustee and the Control Party conform to the requirements of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement and such new Series of Notes are permitted to be authenticated by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture and the related Series Supplement (except that no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

(B)    the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms;

(C)    such new Series of Notes have been duly authorized by the Issuer, and, when such Notes have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, such Notes will be legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms;

(D)    none of the Securitization Entities is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) thereof;

(E)    the Lien and the security interests created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement on the Collateral remain perfected as required by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and such Lien and security interests extend to any assets transferred to the Securitization Entities in connection with the issuance of such new Series of Notes;

(F)    based on a reasoned analysis, the assets and liabilities of each Securitization Entity as a debtor in bankruptcy would not be substantively consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Parent or the Manager;

(G)    neither the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) conflicts with the Charter Documents of the Issuer, (ii) constitutes a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement to which the Issuer is a party (which agreements may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion), or (iii) contravenes any order or decree that is applicable to the Issuer (which orders and decrees may be set forth in a schedule to such opinion);

(H)    neither the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes and the Series Supplement nor the performance by the Issuer of its payment obligations under each of such Notes and the Series Supplement (i) violates any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction or (ii) requires the consent, approval, licensing or authorization of, or any filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority under any law, rule or regulation of any relevant jurisdiction except for those consents, approvals, licenses and authorizations already obtained and those filings, recordings and registrations already made;

(I)    there is no action, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened against Parent or any of its Subsidiaries before any court or administrative agency that may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the business or assets of the Securitization Entities;

6

(J)    unless such Notes are being offered pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, it is not necessary in connection with the offer and sale of such Notes by the Issuer to the initial purchaser thereof or by the initial purchaser to the initial investors in such Notes to register such Notes under the Securities Act; and

(K)    all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture (except that no such Opinion of Counsel relating to the satisfaction of conditions precedent shall be required to be delivered in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date);

(vi)    one or more Officer’s Certificates, each executed by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the applicable Series Closing Date to the effect that:

(A)    the related Series Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms; and

(B)    all conditions precedent to such issuance have been satisfied and the related Series Supplement is authorized or permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Indenture; and

(vii)    such other documents, instruments, certifications, agreements or other items as the Trustee may reasonably require.

(c)    Upon satisfaction, or waiver by the Control Party (as directed by the Controlling Class Representative) (which waiver shall be in writing), of the conditions set forth in Section 2.2(b), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, as provided above, such Additional Notes upon execution thereof by the Issuer.

(d)    With regard to any new Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Section 2.2, the proceeds from such issuance may only be used to repay (i) Senior Subordinated Notes and Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes have been repaid and (ii) Subordinated Notes if all Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes have been repaid; provided that at any time on or after the Series Anticipated Repayment Date for any Series of Notes, the proceeds from the issuance of Subordinated Notes may only be used to repay Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes or all Outstanding Classes of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes.

(e)    The issuance of Additional Notes shall not be subject to the consent of the Holders of any Series of Notes Outstanding. Additional Notes may be issued for any purpose consistent with the Transaction Documents, including acquisitions and refinancings of acquisitions by the Securitization Entities.

Section 2.3    Series Supplement for Each Series.

In conjunction with the issuance of a new Series, the parties hereto shall execute a Series Supplement, which shall specify the relevant terms with respect to such new Series of Notes, which may include, without limitation:

(a)    its name or designation;

7

(b)    the Initial Principal Amount with respect to such Series;

(c)    the Note Rate with respect to such Series or each Class of such Series and the applicable Default Rate;

(d)    the Series Closing Date;

(e)    the Series Anticipated Repayment Date, if any;

(f)    the Series Legal Final Maturity Date;

(g)    the principal amortization schedule with respect to such Series, if any;

(h)    each Rating Agency rating such Series;

(i)    the name of the Clearing Agency, if any;

(j)    the names of the Series Distribution Accounts and any other Series Accounts to be used with respect to such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such account and the use of moneys therein;

(k)    the method of allocating amounts deposited into any Series Distribution Account with respect to such Series;

(l)    whether the Notes of such Series will be issued in multiple Classes or Subclasses and the rights and priorities of each such Class or Subclass;

(m)    any deposit of funds to be made in any Base Indenture Account or any Series Account on the Series Closing Date;

(n)    whether the Notes of such Series may be issued as either Definitive Notes or Book-Entry Notes and any limitations imposed thereon;

(o)    whether the Notes of such Series include Senior Notes, Senior Subordinated Notes and/or Subordinated Notes;

(p)    whether the Notes of such Series include Class A-1 Notes or subfacilities of Class A-1 Notes issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement; and

(q)    any other relevant terms of such Series of Notes (all such terms, the “Principal Terms” of such Series).

Section 2.4    Execution and Authentication.

(a)    The Notes shall, upon issuance pursuant to Section 2.2, be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer and delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided herein. The signature of such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. If an Authorized Officer of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

8

(b)    At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Base Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes of any particular Series (issued pursuant to Section 2.2) executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with one or more Company Orders for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee, in accordance with such Company Order and this Base Indenture, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

(c)    No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for below, duly executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of a Trust Officer (and the Luxembourg agent (the “Luxembourg Agent”) if applicable, if the Notes of the Series to which such Note belongs are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange). Such signatures on such certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that the Note has been duly authenticated under this Base Indenture. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the term of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Base Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

“This is one of the Notes of a Series issued under the within mentioned Indenture.

(d)    Each Note shall be dated and issued as of the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.14 together with a written statement to the Trustee and the Servicer (which need not comply with Section 14.3) stating that such Note has never been issued and sold by the Issuer, for all purposes of the Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall not be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 2.5    Registrar and Paying Agent.

(a)    The Issuer shall (i) maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) appoint a paying agent (which shall satisfy the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 10.8(a)) (the “Paying Agent”) at whose office or agency Notes may be presented for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (including the name and address of each such Noteholder) and of their transfer and exchange. The Trustee shall indicate in its books and records the commitment of each Noteholder, if applicable, and the principal amount owing to each Noteholder from time to time. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” shall include any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” shall include any co-registrars. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or the Registrar without prior notice to any Noteholder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as the Registrar and the Paying Agent and shall send copies of all notices and demands received by the Trustee (other than those sent by the Issuer to the Trustee and those addressed to the

9

Issuer) in connection with the Notes to the Issuer. Upon any resignation or removal of the Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Registrar or, in the absence of such appointment, the Issuer shall assume the duties of the Registrar.

(b)    The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Base Indenture. Such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Base Indenture that relate to such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee hereby agrees to act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with this Base Indenture until the Issuer shall appoint a replacement Registrar or Paying Agent, as applicable.

Section 2.6    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

(a)    The Issuer will cause the Paying Agent (if the Paying Agent is not the Trustee) to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which the Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee is the Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section 2.6, that the Paying Agent will:

(i)    hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(ii)    give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer of which it has Actual Knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;

(iii)    at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by the Paying Agent;

(iv)    immediately resign as the Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Trustee hereunder at the time of its appointment; and

(v)    comply with all requirements of the Code and other applicable tax law with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

(b)    The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture or for any other purpose, by Company Order direct the Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee in trust upon the same terms as those upon which the sums were held in trust by the Paying Agent. Upon such payment by the Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(c)    Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer upon delivery of a Company Request. The Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such trust money paid to the Issuer shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuer,

10

cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York City, and in a newspaper customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in London and Luxembourg (if the related Series of Notes has been listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange), if applicable, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. The Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other commercially reasonable means of notification of such repayment.

Section 2.7    Noteholder List.

(a)    The Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Registrar to the Issuer, the Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Issuer, the Manager, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, the names and addresses of the Noteholders of each Series as of the most recent Record Date for payments to such Noteholders. Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees that none of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative nor any of their respective agents shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Noteholders in the Note Register.

(b)    The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each Quarterly Payment Date and at such other time as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders of each Series of Notes.

Section 2.8    Transfer and Exchange.

(a)    Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Registrar, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and, after the Issuer has executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the same Series and Class (and, if applicable, Subclass) and a like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so transferred. At the option of any Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same Series and Class in authorized denominations of like original aggregate principal amount of the Notes so exchanged, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any office or agency of the Registrar maintained for such purpose. Whenever Notes of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-401(a) of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and, after the Issuer has executed, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

(b)    Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing with a medallion signature guarantee and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee and the Registrar may require to document the identities and/or signatures of the transferor and the transferee. The Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or the Registrar, as applicable, Notes in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under the Indenture and the Notes.

11

(c)    All Notes issued and authenticated upon any registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(d)    The preceding provisions of this Section 2.8 notwithstanding, (i) the Trustee, the Issuer or the Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be required (A) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note of any Series for a period beginning at the opening of business fifteen (15) days preceding the selection of any Series of Notes for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption or (B) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption, and (ii) no assignment or transfer of a Note or any commitment in respect thereof shall be effective until such assignment or transfer shall have been recorded in the Note Register and in the books and records of the Trustee, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.5(a).

(e)    No service charge shall be payable for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Registrar or the Trustee, as the case may be, may require payment by the Noteholder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Notes.

(f)    Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, registration of transfer of Notes containing a legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Notes (which legend shall be set forth in the applicable Series Supplement) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in such applicable Series Supplement are satisfied. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8 and except as otherwise provided in Section 2.13, the typewritten Note or Notes representing Book-Entry Notes for any Series may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Clearing Agency for such Series, or to a successor Clearing Agency for such Series selected or approved by the Issuer or to a nominee of such successor Clearing Agency, only if in accordance with this Section 2.8 and Section 2.12.

(g)    If the Notes of any Series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Trustee or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be, shall send to the Issuer upon any transfer or exchange of any such Note information reflected in the copy of the register for the Notes maintained by the Registrar or the Luxembourg Agent, as the case may be.

Section 2.9    Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (other than purposes in which the vote or consent of a Note Owner is expressly required pursuant to this Base Indenture or the applicable Series Supplement), whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Trustee, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 2.10    Replacement Notes.

(a)    If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless. then, provided that the requirements of Section 2.8(f) and Section 8-405 of the New York UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and, upon its request, the Trustee or an

12

authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become, or within seven (7) days shall be, due and payable, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the preceding sentence, a protected purchaser (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the New York UCC) of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

(b)    Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.10, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any Tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Registrar) connected therewith.

(c)    Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.10 in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and such replacement Note shall be entitled to all the benefits of the Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued under the Indenture (in accordance with the priorities and other terms set forth herein and in each applicable Series Supplement).

(d)    The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.11    Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Noteholders of the required Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the required Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, as the case may be, have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned, legally or beneficially, by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though they are not Outstanding, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes of which a Trust Officer has received written notice of such ownership shall be so disregarded. Absent written notice to a Trust Officer of such ownership, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the identity of the individual Note Owners.

Section 2.12    Book-Entry Notes.

(a)    Unless otherwise provided in any applicable Series Supplement, the Notes of each Class of each Series, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes and delivered to the depository (or its custodian) specified in such Series Supplement (the “Depository”) which shall be the Clearing Agency on behalf of such Series or such Class. The Notes of each Class of each Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement, initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or the nominee of the Clearing Agency. No Note Owner will receive a definitive note representing such Note Owner’s interest in the related Series of Notes, except as provided in Section 2.13. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series (“Definitive Notes”) have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13:

(i)    the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall be in full force and effect with respect to each such Series;

13

(ii)    the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, the Trustee, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative may deal with the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder or under the applicable Series Supplement) as the sole Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

(iii)    to the extent that the provisions of this Section 2.12 conflict with any other provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of this Section 2.12 shall control with respect to each such Class or Series of the Notes;

(iv)    subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for the rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, the rights of Note Owners of each such Class or Series of Notes shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to actions by the Noteholders shall refer to actions taken by the Clearing Agency upon instructions from the Clearing Agency Participants, and all references in the Indenture to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Noteholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Clearing Agency, as registered holder of the Notes of such Series for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency; and

(v)    subject to the rights of the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative under the Indenture, and except for rights granted pursuant to Section 11.5, whenever the Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes or the Outstanding Principal Amount of a Series or Class of a Series of Notes, the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or their related Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Outstanding Notes or such Series or such Class of such Series of Notes Outstanding, as the case may be, and has delivered such instructions in writing to the Trustee.

(b)    Pursuant to the Depository Agreement applicable to a Series, unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section 2.13, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants.

(c)    Whenever notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under the Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.13, the Trustee and the Issuer shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Noteholders to the applicable Clearing Agency for distribution to the Note Owners in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agency.

14

Section 2.13    Definitive Notes.

(a)    The Notes of any Series or Class of any Series, to the extent provided in the related Series Supplement, upon original issuance, may be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. All Class A-1 Notes of any Series shall be issued in the form of Definitive Notes. The applicable Series Supplement shall set forth the legend relating to the restrictions on transfer of such Definitive Notes and such other restrictions as may be applicable.

(b)    With respect to the Notes of any Series issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing Book-Entry Notes, if (i) (A) the Issuer advises the Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency with respect to any such Series of Notes is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement and (B) the Trustee or the Issuer are unable to locate a qualified successor or (ii) after the occurrence of a Rapid Amortization Event, with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding, Note Owners holding a beneficial interest in excess of 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Notes advise the Trustee and the applicable Clearing Agency through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the applicable Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note Owners, the Trustee shall notify all Note Owners of such Series, through the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners of such Series. Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Notes of such Series by the applicable Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency for registration, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order, and deliver an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may each conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes of such Series of Notes, all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes, and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes of such Series as Noteholders of such Series hereunder and under the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 2.14    Cancellation.

The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. Immediately upon the delivery of any Notes by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.14, the security interest of the Secured Parties in such Notes shall automatically be deemed to be released by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Issuer any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Issuer at its expense to evidence such automatic release. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Except as provided in any Note Purchase Agreement executed and delivered in connection with the issuance of any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with the Trustee’s standard disposition procedures unless the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it for destruction pursuant to a Company Order. No cancelled Notes may be reissued. No provision of this Base Indenture or any Supplement that relates to prepayment procedures, penalties, fees, make-whole payments or any other related matters shall be applicable to any Notes cancelled pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2.14.

15

Section 2.15    Principal and Interest.

(a)    The principal of and premium, if any, on each Series of Notes shall be due and payable at the times and in the amounts set forth in the applicable Series Supplement and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(b)    Each Series of Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the applicable Series Supplement and such interest shall be due and payable for such Series on each Quarterly Payment Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(c)    Except as provided in the following sentence, the Person in whose name any Note is registered at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to a Quarterly Payment Date for such Note shall be entitled to receive the principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Quarterly Payment Date notwithstanding the cancellation of such Note upon any registration of transfer, exchange or substitution of such Note subsequent to such Record Date. Any interest payable at maturity shall be paid to the Person to whom the principal of such Note is payable.

(d)    Pursuant to the authority of the Paying Agent under Section 2.6(a)(v), except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement to the extent that the Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such exception by the Issuer or the applicable Class A-1 Administrative Agent, the Paying Agent shall make all payments of interest on the Notes net of any applicable withholding taxes and Noteholders shall be treated as having received as payments of interest any amounts withheld with respect to such withholding taxes.

Section 2.16    Tax Treatment.

The Issuer has structured this Base Indenture and the Notes have been (or will be) issued with the intention that the Notes will qualify under applicable tax law as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity, and any entity acquiring any direct or indirect interest in any Note by acceptance of its Notes (or, in the case of a Note Owner, by virtue of such Note Owner’s acquisition of a beneficial interest therein) agrees to treat the Notes (or beneficial interests therein) for all purposes of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes, and any other tax imposed on or measured by income, as indebtedness of the Issuer or, if the Issuer is treated as a division of another entity, such other entity.

ARTICLE III

SECURITY

Section 3.1    Grant of Security Interest.

(a)    To secure the Obligations, the Issuer hereby pledges, assigns, conveys, delivers, transfers and sets over to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in the Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property to the extent now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by the Issuer (collectively, the “Indenture Collateral”):

(i)    the Equity Interests of any Person (including, without limitation, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder and Take 5 Properties) owned by the Issuer and all rights as a member, shareholder or partner of each such Person under the Charter Documents of each such Person;

16

(ii)    the Accounts and all amounts on deposit in or otherwise credited to the Accounts;

(iii)    any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit;

(iv)    the books and records (whether in physical, electronic or other form) of the Issuer;

(v)    the rights, powers, remedies and authorities of the Issuer under each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Indenture and the Notes) to which it is a party;

(vi)    to the extent contributed to the Issuer, all real and personal property of any Securitization-Owned Locations;

(vii)    any and all other property of the Issuer now or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all accounts (including, without limitation, the rights to receive payments under short-term notes in respect of delinquent royalty payments from Franchisees), chattel paper, commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents, equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, health-care-insurance receivables, instruments, inventory, securities, securities accounts and other investment property and letter-of-credit rights; and

(viii)    all payments, proceeds, supporting obligations and accrued and future rights to payment with respect to the foregoing;

provided that (A) the Indenture Collateral shall exclude the Collateral Exclusions; (B) the Issuer shall not be required to pledge, and the Collateral shall not include, more than 65% of the Voting Equity Interests (and any rights associated with such Voting Equity Interests) of any foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes; (C) the security interest in (1) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, and (3) the Series Distribution Account with respect to the Subordinated Notes and the funds or securities deposited therein or credited thereto shall only be for the benefit of the Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the Subordinated Noteholders; and (D) any cash collateral deposited by any Non-Securitization Entities with the Issuer to secure such Non-Securitization Entities’ obligations under any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement will not constitute Indenture Collateral until such time (if any) as the Issuer is entitled to withdraw such funds from the applicable bank account pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse the Issuer for any amounts due by such Non-Securitization Entities to the Issuer pursuant to such Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement that such Non-Securitization Entities have not paid to the Issuer in accordance with the terms thereof. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges that it shall have no security interest in any Collateral Exclusions.

(b)    The foregoing grant is made in trust to secure the Obligations and to secure compliance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplements, all as provided in this Base Indenture. The Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, acknowledges such grant, accepts the trusts under this Base Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Base Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Base Indenture. The Indenture Collateral shall secure the Obligations equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction (except, with respect to any Series of Notes, as otherwise stated in the applicable Series Supplement or in the applicable provisions of this Base Indenture).

17

(c)    The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that each certificated Equity Interest may be held by a custodian on behalf of the Trustee.

Section 3.2    Certain Rights and Obligations of the Issuer Unaffected.

(a)    Notwithstanding the grant of the security interest in the Indenture Collateral hereunder to the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the Issuer acknowledges that the Manager, on behalf of the applicable Service Recipients, shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Agreement, nevertheless have the right, subject to the Trustee’s right to revoke such right, in whole or in part, in the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, (i) to give, in accordance with the Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions and waivers, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by the Issuer under the Collateral Documents, and to enforce all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer under the Collateral Documents, (ii) to give, in accordance with the Managing Standard, all consents, requests, notices, directions and approvals, if any, which are required or permitted to be given by the Issuer under any IP License Agreement to which the Issuer is a party and (iii) to take any other actions required or permitted under the terms of the Management Agreement.

(b)    The grant of the security interest by the Issuer in the Indenture Collateral to the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties shall not (i) relieve the Issuer from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’s part to be performed or observed under or in connection with any of the Collateral Documents or (ii) impose any obligation on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties to perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement on the Issuer’s part to be so performed or observed or impose any liability on the Trustee or any of the other Secured Parties for any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or from any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of the Issuer.

(c)    The Issuer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party (including their respective directors, officers, employees and agents) from and against any and all losses, liabilities (including liabilities for penalties), claims, demands, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or otherwise, including, without limitation, the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any other Secured Party in enforcing the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or preserving any of its rights to, or realizing upon, any of the Collateral; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to any action by the Trustee or any other Secured Party which constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Trustee or such other Secured Party or any other indemnified person hereunder. The indemnification provided for in this Section 3.2 shall survive the removal of, or a resignation by, any Person as Trustee as well as the termination of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement.

Section 3.3    Performance of Collateral Documents.

Upon the occurrence of a default or breach (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure periods) by any Person party to (a) a Transaction Document or (b) a Franchise Document (only if a Manager Termination Event or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the Issuer’s expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as permitted under this Base Indenture as the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may reasonably request to compel or secure the

18

performance and observance by such Person of its obligations to the Issuer, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee (acting at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), including, without limitation, the transmission of notices of default and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder. If (i) the Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee, to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (ii) the Issuer refuses to take any such action, as reasonably determined by the Trustee in good faith, or (iii) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, in any such case the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may, but shall not be obligated to, take, and the Trustee shall take (if so directed by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), at the expense of the Issuer, such previously directed action and any related action permitted under this Base Indenture which the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) thereafter determines is appropriate (without the need under this provision or any other provision under this Base Indenture to direct the Issuer to take such action), on behalf of the Issuer and the Secured Parties.

Section 3.4    Stamp, Other Similar Taxes and Filing Fees.

The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and each other Secured Party from any present or future claim for liability for any stamp, documentary or other similar tax, and any penalties or interest and expenses with respect thereto, that may be assessed, levied or collected by any jurisdiction in connection with the Indenture, any other Transaction Document or any Indenture Collateral. The Issuer shall pay, and indemnify and hold harmless each Secured Party against, any and all amounts in respect of all search, filing, recording and registration fees, taxes, excise taxes and other similar imposts that may be payable or determined to be payable in respect of the execution, delivery, performance and/or enforcement of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

Section 3.5    Authorization to File Financing Statements.

(a)    The Issuer hereby irrevocably authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file or record in any filing office in any applicable jurisdiction financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Indenture Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP (to the extent set forth in Section 8.25(c)), to perfect the security interests of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture. The Issuer authorizes the filing of any such financing statement, document or instrument naming the Trustee as secured party and indicating that the Indenture Collateral includes (a) “all assets” or words of similar effect or import regardless of whether any particular assets comprised in the Indenture Collateral fall within the scope of Article 9 of the UCC, including, without limitation, any and all Securitization IP, or (b) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail. The Issuer agrees to furnish any information necessary to accomplish the foregoing promptly upon the Servicer’s request. The Issuer also hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing on behalf of the Secured Parties of any financing statement with respect to the Indenture Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

(b)    The Issuer acknowledges that the Indenture Collateral includes certain rights of the Issuer as a secured party under the Transaction Documents. The Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee as its representative with respect to all financing statements filed to perfect such security interests and authorizes the Servicer on behalf of the Secured Parties to make such filings as it deems necessary to reflect the Trustee as secured party of record with respect to such financing statements.

19

ARTICLE IV

REPORTS

Section 4.1    Reports and Instructions to Trustee.

(a)    Weekly Manager’s Certificate. By 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the day prior to each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and the Servicer a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A specifying the allocation of Collections on the following Weekly Allocation Date (each, a “Weekly Manager’s Certificate”); provided that such Weekly Manager’s Certificate shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any Noteholder, Note Owner or other Person without the prior written consent of the Issuer. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Weekly Manager’s Certificates delivered after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall not be required to account for Collections in respect of any Take 5 Company Locations, and amounts credited to the Accounts in respect of such Take 5 Company Locations shall not be required to be allocated pursuant to the Priority of Payments until the first Weekly Allocation Date that occurs after the date that is 21 days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date; provided, however, that the first Weekly Manager’s Certificate that includes the Take 5 Company Locations shall include allocations of any amounts in respect of the Take 5 Company Locations received during the period from the Series 2018-1 Closing Date until the last day of the relevant Weekly Collection Period.

(b)    Quarterly Noteholders’ Report. On or before the third (3^rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B with respect to each Series of Notes (each, a “Quarterly Noteholders’ Report”), including the Manager’s statement specified in such exhibit, to the Trustee, each Rating Agency, the Servicer and each Paying Agent, with a copy to the Back-Up Manager.

(c)    Quarterly Compliance Certificates. On or before the third (3^rd) Business Day prior to each Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager) an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that, except as provided in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.8, no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing (each, a “Quarterly Compliance Certificate”).

(d)    Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notices. On the Quarterly Calculation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee and each Rating Agency (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager) written notice of any Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Event with respect to any Class or Series of Notes that occurred with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period (any such notice, a “Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Notice”).

(e)    Annual Accountants’ Reports. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on or around December 31, 2017, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Manager to furnish, to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency the reports of the Independent Auditors or the Back-Up Manager required to be delivered to the Issuer by the Manager pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Management Agreement.

20

(f)    Securitization Entity Financial Statements. The Manager on behalf of the Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i)    as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Securitization Entities as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of the Securitization Entities for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year), which financial statements shall be accompanied by supplemental schedules consolidating each of the Securitization Entities; provided, that solely with respect to the quarterly financial statements to be delivered for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2018, (x) the applicable balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows shall be prepared for the Securitization Entities other than Take 5 Properties and (y) the Manager shall deliver a separate balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for Driven Sister Holdings, LLC and a supplementary schedule with an estimated balance sheet and statement of operations for Take 5 Properties; and

(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Securitization Entities as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of the Securitization Entities for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Securitization Entities and the results of their operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(g)    Manager Financial Statements. The Manager on behalf of the Securitization Entities shall provide to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding the following financial statements:

(i)    so long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the Manager, as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Manager as of the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows of the Manager for such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended (in the case of the second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year); and

(ii)    as soon as available and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Manager as of the end of such fiscal year and audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Manager for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form (where appropriate) the comparable amounts for the previous fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Independent Auditors stating that such audited consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Manager and the results of its operations and cash flows in accordance with GAAP.

(h)    Additional Information. The Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, from time to time such additional information regarding the financial position, results of operations or business of Parent or any Securitization Entity as the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager or the Back-Up Manager may reasonably request, subject to Requirements of Law and to the confidentiality provisions of the Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party.

21

(i)    Instructions as to Withdrawals and Payments. The Issuer shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable (with a copy to each of the Servicer, the Manager and the Back-Up Manager), written instructions to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account and any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account, as contemplated herein and in any Series Supplement; provided that such written instructions (other than those contained in Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports) shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by such recipients to any other Person without the prior written consent of the Issuer; provided, further, that such written instructions shall be subject in all respects to the confidentiality provisions of any Transaction Documents to which such recipient is a party. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly follow any such written instructions.

(j)    Copies to each Rating Agency. The Issuer shall deliver, or shall cause the Manager to deliver, a copy of each report, certificate or instruction, as applicable, described in this Section 4.1 to each Rating Agency at its address as listed in or otherwise designated pursuant to Section 14.1 or in the applicable Series Supplement, including any e-mail address.

Section 4.2    Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2018, the Paying Agent shall furnish, upon written request, to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Noteholder a statement prepared by the Issuer containing such information as the Issuer deems necessary or desirable to enable the Noteholders to prepare their tax returns (each such statement, an “Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement”); provided that such obligations to distribute the Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be provided by the Paying Agent pursuant to any requirements of the Code or other applicable tax law as from time to time in effect.

Section 4.3    Rule 144A Information.

For so long as any of the Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Issuer agrees to provide to any Noteholder or Note Owner, and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder or Note Owner upon the request of such Noteholder or Note Owner or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder, owner or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.4    Reports, Financial Statements and Other Information to Noteholders.

(a)    This Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Series Supplement, the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(f) and Section 4.1(g) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(e) shall be made available to (a) each Rating Agency pursuant to Section 4.1(j) above and (b) the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Note Owners and the other Noteholders (but not to prospective investors) in a password-protected area of the Trustee’s internet website at ▇▇▇.▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇ (or such other address as the Trustee may specify from time to time) or on a third-party investor information platform or such other address as the Issuer may specify from time to time. Assistance in using the Trustee’s internet website can be obtained by calling the Trustee’s customer service desk at (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇ or such other telephone number as the Trustee may specify from time to time. The Trustee or any

22

such third-party platform, as the case may be, shall require each party (other than the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and any Rating Agency) accessing such password-protected area to register as a Noteholder and to make the applicable representations and warranties described below in an Investor Request Certification (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may take the form of an electronic submission). The Trustee and any such third-party platform may disclaim responsibility for any information distributed by it for which the Trustee or such third-party, as the case may be, was not the original source. Each time a Noteholder accesses such internet website, it will be deemed to have confirmed such representations and warranties as of the date thereof. The Trustee or any such third-party platform shall provide the Servicer and the Manager with copies of such Investor Request Certifications, including the identity, contact information, e-mail address and telephone number of such Noteholders, upon request, but shall have no responsibility for any of the information contained therein. The Trustee shall have the right to change the way any such information is made available in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the Noteholders and the Trustee, and the Trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above parties regarding any such changes.

(b)    The Trustee shall (or shall request that the Manager) make available, upon reasonable advance notice and at the expense of the requesting party, copies of the Quarterly Noteholders’ Reports, the Quarterly Compliance Certificates, the financial statements referenced in Section 4.1(f) and Section 4.1(g) and the reports referenced in Section 4.1(e) to any Noteholder (or any Note Owner) and to any prospective investor that provides the Trustee with an Investor Request Certification to the effect that such party (i) is a Noteholder (or Note Owner) or prospective investor, as applicable, (ii) understands that the materials contain confidential information, (iii) is requesting the information solely for use in evaluating such party’s investment or potential investment, as applicable, in the Notes and will keep such information strictly confidential (provided that such party may disclose such information only (A) to (1) those personnel employed by it who need to know such information, (2) its attorneys and outside auditors that have agreed to keep such information confidential and to treat the information as confidential information, or (3) a regulatory or self-regulatory authority pursuant to applicable law or regulation or (B) by judicial process), and (iv) is not a Competitor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a recipient of such materials may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions and any related tax strategies to the extent necessary to prevent the transaction from being described as a “confidential transaction” under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(3).

Section 4.5    Manager.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Manager has agreed to provide certain reports, notices, instructions and other services on behalf of the Issuer. The Noteholders by their acceptance of the Notes consent to the provision of such reports and notices to the Trustee by the Manager in lieu of the Issuer. Any such reports and notices that are required to be delivered to the Noteholders hereunder shall be delivered by the Trustee. The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to verify, reconfirm or recalculate any information or material contained in any of the reports, financial statements or other information delivered to it pursuant to this Article IV or the Management Agreement. All distributions, allocations, remittances and payments to be made by the Trustee or the Paying Agent hereunder or under any Supplement or Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement shall be made based solely upon the most recently delivered written reports and instructions provided to the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be, by the Manager.

Section 4.6    No Constructive Notice.

Delivery of reports, information, Officer’s Certificates and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information, Officer’s

23

Certificates and documents will not constitute constructive notice to the Trustee of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including any Securitization Entity’s, the Manager’s or any other Person’s compliance with any of its covenants under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the most recent Quarterly Compliance Certificate described above).

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 5.1    Management Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of the Management Accounts. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, (i) the Issuer has established in the name of and for the benefit of the Issuer (A) the Concentration Account and the related Lock-Box Accounts, (B) the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account, (C) the Insurance Proceeds Account and (D) the Take 5 Securitization Lockbox, (ii) Take 5 Properties has established in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties each of the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts; (iii) Driven Product Sourcing LLC has established in the name of and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Spire Supply Securitization Account and (iv) Driven Product Sourcing LLC has established in the name of Take 5 Properties and for the benefit of Driven Product Sourcing LLC the Oil Fleet Lockbox. Such accounts and lock-boxes, as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and at all times thereafter, shall be (A) pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (B) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that only the Qualified Institution holding a Lock-Box Account shall have access to the items deposited therein. Each Management Account shall be an Eligible Account and, in addition, from time to time, the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity may establish additional accounts for the purpose of depositing Collections therein (each such account and any investment accounts related thereto into which funds are transferred for investment purposes pursuant to Section 5.1(b), an “Additional Management Account”); provided that each such Additional Management Account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement.

(b)    Administration of the Management Accounts. The Issuer (or the Manager or a Sub-Manager on its behalf) may invest any amounts held in the Management Accounts in Eligible Investments, and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager or a Sub-Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the applicable Securitization Entity to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in any Management Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document, the Issuer and the Manager shall not transfer any funds into any such investment account until such time as an Account Control Agreement is entered into with respect thereto (if such account is not established with the Trustee), it being agreed that the execution and delivery of such Account Control Agreement shall not be required as a condition precedent to the issuance of Notes on any Closing Date. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Management Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the related Management Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment. Prior to any Sub-Manager acting on behalf of any Securitization Entity in accordance with this Section, it will provide to the Trustee all applicable know-your-customer documentation required by the Trustee.

24

(c)    Earnings from the Management Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Management Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

(d)    No Duty to Monitor. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to monitor the amounts of deposits into or withdrawals from any Management Account.

Section 5.2    Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(a)    Establishment of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee an account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account”). The Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    Administration of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.3    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account.

(a)    Establishment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer has established with the Trustee an account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and the Trustee, solely in its capacity as trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the foregoing Secured Parties (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account”). The Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

25

(b)    Administration of the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.4    Cash Trap Reserve Account.

(a)    Establishment of the Cash Trap Reserve Account. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee the Cash Trap Reserve Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    Administration of the Cash Trap Reserve Account. All amounts held in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Cash Trap Reserve Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Cash Trap Reserve Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Cash Trap Reserve Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

26

Section 5.5    Collection Account.

(a)    Establishment of Collection Account. As of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the Issuer has established with the Trustee the Collection Account in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Collection Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b)    Administration of the Collection Account. All amounts held in the Collection Account shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection Account (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the Collection Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the Collection Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Collection Account. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution in accordance with Section 5.11.

Section 5.6    Collection Account Administrative Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of Collection Account Administrative Accounts. The following administrative accounts associated with the Collection Account, each of which shall be an Eligible Account, shall be established by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Collection Account Administrative Accounts”), either as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or, in the case of any Collection Account Administrative Accounts with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes, after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date in connection with the initial issuance of any such Notes:

(i)    an account for the deposit of the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account”);

(ii)    an account for the deposit of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount (the “Senior Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iii)    an account for the deposit of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

(iv)    an account for the deposit of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account”);

27

(v)    an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vi)    an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Senior Subordinated Notes, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(vii)    an account for the deposit of the amounts allocable to the payment of principal of the Subordinated Notes, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account”);

(viii)    an account for the deposit of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest (the “Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”);

(ix)    an account for the deposit of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”);

(x)    an account for the deposit of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account”); and

(xi)     an account for the deposit of Securitization Operating Expenses (the “Securitization Operating Expense Account”).

(b)    Administration of the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All amounts held in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments at the written direction (which may be in the form of standing directions) of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf), and such amounts may be transferred by the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) into an investment account for the sole purpose of investing in Eligible Investments so long as such investment account is (A) an Eligible Account, (B) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 and (C) if not established with the Trustee, subject to an Account Control Agreement; provided that any such investment in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts (or in any such investment account) shall mature not later than the Business Day prior to the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date. In the absence of written investment instructions hereunder, funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be invested as fully as practicable in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof. All income or other gain from such Eligible Investments shall be credited to the related Collection Account Administrative Account, and any loss resulting from such Eligible Investments shall be charged to the related Collection Account Administrative Account. The Issuer shall not direct (or permit) the disposal of any Eligible Investments prior to the maturity thereof if such disposal would result in a loss of any portion of the initial purchase price of such Eligible Investment.

(c)    Earnings from the Collection Account Administrative Accounts. All interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) paid on funds on deposit in the Collection Account Administrative Accounts shall be deemed to be Investment Income on deposit for distribution to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 5.10.

Section 5.7    Company Location Accounts.

(a)    On or prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Take 5 Properties has established the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts (together with each additional concentration

28

account created following the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, a “Securitization- Owned Location Concentration Account”) in the name of and for the benefit of Take 5 Properties. After the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Manager (on behalf of Take 5 Properties, Take 5 and Take 5 Oil) will deposit (or cause to be deposited) into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account:

(i)    all cash revenues generated by Take 5 Company Locations within two (2) Business Days following receipt of such cash revenues; and

(ii)    all credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards at Take 5 Company Locations; provided that if such proceeds are not deposited directly into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account (including any applicable credit card and debit card sub-account of any Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account), such proceeds will be deposited within two (2) Business Days following receipt of such credit card and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards.

(b)    Take 5 Properties has established and will be permitted to maintain local and regional accounts opened prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in connection with the collection of revenues of Take 5 Company Locations (the “Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts”). Take 5 Properties will be permitted to maintain amounts on deposit at the end of any banking day in Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts that are not subject to Account Control Agreements to the extent that (x) such Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts are zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) the aggregate maximum amount held in all other Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts does not exceed $500,000. Each Take 5 Account opened on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (including, without limitation, the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts) will be required to be (i) in the name of Take 5 Properties and (ii) either (x) subject to an Account Control Agreement or (y) a zero balance account which sweeps daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement.

(c)    The Manager may withdraw available amounts on deposit in any Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account at any time in accordance with the Managing Standard and as otherwise set forth in the Transaction Documents in order to pay operating expenses that are incurred or committed to be paid by Take 5 Company Locations in the ordinary course of business such as the cost of goods sold, labor (including wages, worker’s compensation-related expenses and other labor-related expenses for employees of Take 5 Company Locations), repair, remodeling and maintenance expenses, insurance (including self-insurance), local advertising expenses, advertising fees allocable to such Take 5 Company Locations and lease and other occupancy expenses litigation and settlement costs relating to the Managed Assets and Pass-Through Amounts; provided that, after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Cash Trapping Period, Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default, all operating expenses withdrawn from the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts shall be consistent with a monthly budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and withdrawals of any operating expenses from any Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account in excess of amounts set forth in the monthly budget will be subject to (i) the delivery by the Manager to the Control Party and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager).

Section 5.8    Trustee as Securities Intermediary.

(a)    The Trustee or other Person holding any Base Indenture Account held in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (collectively, the “Trustee Accounts”) shall be the “Securities Intermediary”. If the Securities Intermediary in respect of any Trustee Account is not the Trustee, the Issuer shall obtain the express agreement of such other Person to the obligations of the Securities Intermediary set forth in this Section 5.8.

29

(b)    The Securities Intermediary agrees that:

(i)    the Trustee Accounts are accounts to which “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) (“Financial Assets”) of the UCC in effect in the State of New York (the “New York UCC”) will or may be credited;

(ii)    the Trustee Accounts are “securities accounts” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and the Securities Intermediary qualifies as a “securities intermediary” under Section 8-102(a) of the New York UCC;

(iii)    all securities or other property (other than cash) underlying any Financial Assets credited to any Trustee Account shall be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, indorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank or credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary, and in no case will any Financial Asset credited to any Trustee Account be registered in the name of the Issuer, payable to the order of the Issuer or specially indorsed to the Issuer;

(iv)    all property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Base Indenture will be promptly credited to the appropriate Trustee Account;

(v)    each item of property (whether investment property, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Trustee Account shall be treated as a Financial Asset under Article 8 of the New York UCC;

(vi)    if at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive any entitlement order from the Trustee (including those directing transfer or redemption of any Financial Asset) relating to the Trustee Accounts, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Issuer or any other Person;

(vii)    the Trustee Accounts shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, regardless of any provision of any other agreement; for purposes of all applicable UCCs, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary’s jurisdiction, and the Trustee Accounts (as well as the “securities entitlements” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the New York UCC) related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York;

(viii)    the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Trustee Accounts and/or any Financial Assets credited thereto pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with entitlement orders (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) of such other Person and the Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and until the termination of this Base Indenture will not enter into, any agreement with the Issuer purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Securities Intermediary to comply with entitlement orders as set forth in Section 5.8(b)(vi); and

(ix)    except for the claims and interest of the Trustee, the Secured Parties, the Issuer and the other Securitization Entities in the Trustee Accounts, neither the Securities Intermediary nor, in the case of the Trustee, any Trust Officer knows of any claim to, or interest in, the Trustee Accounts or any Financial Asset credited thereto; if the Securities Intermediary or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of the assertion by any other person of any Lien, encumbrance

30

or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against any Trustee Account or any Financial Asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Issuer thereof.

(c)    At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trustee Accounts and in all Proceeds thereof, and (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall be the only Person authorized to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts; provided that at all other times the Issuer shall, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, be authorized to instruct the Trustee to originate entitlement orders in respect of the Trustee Accounts.

Section 5.9    Establishment of Series Accounts; Legacy Accounts.

(a)    Establishment of Series Accounts. To the extent specified in the Series Supplement with respect to any Series of Notes, the Trustee may establish and maintain one or more Series Accounts and/or administrative accounts of any such Series Account in accordance with the terms of such Series Supplement.

(b)    Legacy Accounts. In the case of any mandatory or optional redemption in full of any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to this Base Indenture, on the Notes Discharge Date with respect to such Class or Series of Notes, the Issuer may (but is not required to) elect to have all or any portion of the funds held in any Legacy Account with respect to such Class or Series of Notes transferred to the applicable distribution account for such Class or Series of Notes, for application toward the prepayment of such Class or Series of Notes. If the Issuer does not elect to have such funds so transferred, or if the Issuer elects to have only a portion of such funds so transferred, any funds remaining in the applicable Legacy Account after the applicable Notes Discharge Date shall be deposited into the Collection Account for application in accordance with the Priority of Payments. When the balance of any Legacy Account has been reduced to zero, the Trustee may close such account. The Trustee shall make the distributions and transfers and shall close any accounts as contemplated by this Section 5.9 pursuant to instructions delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee.

Section 5.10    Collections and Investment Income.

(a)    Deposits to the Concentration Account. Until the Indenture is terminated pursuant to Section 12.1, the Issuer shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) the following amounts to the Concentration Account, in each case, to the extent owed to it or the other Securitization Entities or the Take 5 Company Locations and promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(i)    all Franchisee Payments shall be deposited directly to the Concentration Account or made to a Lock-Box Account; provided that all Franchisee Payments made to a Lock-Box Account shall be deposited to the Concentration Account within two (2) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts in such Lock-Box Account;

(ii)    within five (5) Business Days after the end of each fiscal week of Take 5 Franchisor and Take 5 Properties, the Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount;

(iii)    on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the last day of each Take 5 Monthly Fiscal Period, the Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profits True-up Amount, if any, from amounts on deposit in the Take 5 Company Location Concentration Accounts and/or draws on the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes;

31

(iv)    within three (3) Business Days of receipt, all amounts received under the IP License Agreements, other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v)    within three (3) Business Days of receipt, equity contributions, if any, made by any Non-Securitization Entity to the Issuer to the extent such equity contributions are directed to be made to the Concentration Account; and

(vi)    within five (5) Business Days of receipt, all other amounts constituting Retained Collections not referred to in the preceding clauses other than Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and other amounts required to be deposited directly to other Management Accounts or to the Collection Account.

(b)    Withdrawals from the Concentration Account. The Manager may (and in the case of sub-clause (v) below, shall) withdraw available amounts on deposit in the Concentration Account to make the following payments and deposits:

(i)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to the extent of amounts deposited to the Concentration Account that the Manager determines were required to be deposited to another account or were deposited to the Concentration Account in error;

(ii)    on a daily basis, as necessary, to pay or distribute any Excluded Amounts (other than Advertising Fees and Product Sourcing Obligations);

(iii)    as soon as practicable, and in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, to transfer any Advertising Fees (other than any Maaco Net Advertising Commissions) deposited in the Concentration Account to the Advertising Fund Accounts (other than Advertising Co-op Funds, which will be transferred to the applicable Advertising Co-op Fund);

(iv)    on a daily basis, as necessary to pay Product Sourcing Obligations (x) consisting of repayment of rebate obligations and (y) other such obligations, to the extent such other obligations are not paid in an amount in excess of Product Sourcing Payments then on deposit in the Concentration Account; and

(v)    on a weekly basis at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Allocation Date, all Retained Collections with respect to the preceding Weekly Collection Period then on deposit in the Concentration Account to the Collection Account (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will include any Investment Income with respect thereto and the Weekly Estimated Take 5 Company Location Profits Amount plus the Monthly Take 5 Company Location Profits True-up Amount, if applicable, then on deposit in the Concentration Account) for application to make payments and deposits in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments.

(c)    Deposits and Withdrawals from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. If any Service Recipient disposes of property pursuant to a Permitted Asset Disposition or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of this Base Indenture, (i) to the extent the proceeds thereof do not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds as determined by the Manager, on behalf of the related Service Recipient, such proceeds (net of the amounts described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Asset

32

Disposition Proceeds” and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)) the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such proceeds are received; and (ii) to the extent such amounts constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds (including without limitation, any Asset Disposition Proceeds from any Refranchising Asset Disposition), such amounts will be promptly deposited (and in any event within (x) five (5) Business Days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds in excess of $25,000 and (y) 90 days with respect to a disposition resulting in Asset Disposition Proceeds less than or equal to $25,000) following receipt thereof by the applicable Service Recipients (or the Manager on their behalf) to the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient or the Manager on its behalf, the Service Recipients may reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds in Eligible Assets within one (1) calendar year following receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds; provided that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Rapid Amortization Period, (A) all amounts withdrawn from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account shall be withdrawn substantially in accordance with a Quarterly Fiscal Period budget submitted to, and approved by, the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager) prior to such withdrawal and (B) withdrawals of any amounts from the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account in excess in any material respect of amounts set forth in the Quarterly Fiscal Period budget will be subject to (i) the delivery by the Manager to the Control Party, the Trustee, and Back-Up Manager of an explanation in reasonable detail for the variance together with related information and (ii) the prior approval of the Control Party (in consultation with the Back-Up Manager); provided that (A) with respect to the aggregate Asset Disposition Proceeds from Refranchising Asset Dispositions of Take 5 Company Locations (such proceeds, “Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds”) in excess of the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap in any fiscal year if, after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition and any proposed reinvestment of the related Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in Eligible Assets (excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account for netting purposes, as applicable), at the time of such proposed reinvestment (I) the pro forma Senior Leverage Ratio is greater than the Senior Leverage Ratio of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (II) the pro forma DSCR is less than the DSCR as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, such Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date) and (B) the Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds in any fiscal year will otherwise be subject to reinvestment as set forth in this paragraph. To the extent such Asset Disposition Proceeds have not been so reinvested in Eligible Assets within such one-year period (each such period, an “Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period”), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Asset Disposition Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and deposit such amount to the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Asset Disposition Proceeds to the Collection Account. In the event that such Securitization Entity has elected not to reinvest such Asset Disposition Proceeds, such Asset Disposition Proceeds shall be deposited to the Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

(d)    Deposits and Withdrawals from the Insurance Proceeds Account. All Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received by or on behalf of any Service Recipient in respect of the Collateral shall be promptly deposited (and in any event within five (5) Business Days following receipt thereof) to the Insurance Proceeds Account. At the election of such Service Recipient (as notified by the Manager to the Trustee, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager promptly after receipt of the Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds) and so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Service Recipients may reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to repair or replace the assets in respect of which such proceeds were received within one calendar year following receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided that (i) in the event the Manager has repaired

33

or replaced the assets with respect to which such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been received prior to the receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall be used to reimburse the Manager for any expenditures in connection with such repair or replacement and (ii) any Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds received in connection with the exercise of any non-temporary condemnation, eminent domain or similar powers exercised pursuant to any Requirements of Law may be reinvested in Eligible Assets. To the extent such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have not been so reinvested within such one-year period (each such period, a “Casualty Reinvestment Period”), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall withdraw an amount equal to all such un-reinvested Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds no later than the Business Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the applicable Casualty Reinvestment Period and deposit such amounts to the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the Weekly Allocation Date immediately following the deposit of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds to the Collection Account. In the event that such Service Recipient has elected not to reinvest such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds shall instead be deposited to the Collection Account promptly following such decision and applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments on the following Weekly Allocation Date.

(e)    Deposits to the Collection Account. The Manager (or, with respect to clause (viii) below, the Trustee) will deposit or cause to be deposited to the Collection Account the following amounts, in each case, promptly after receipt (unless otherwise specified below):

(i)    the amounts required to be withdrawn from the Concentration Account and deposited to the Collection Account pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.10(b)(v);

(ii)    Indemnification Amounts within two (2) Business Days following either (i) the receipt by the Manager of such amounts if Parent is not the Manager or (ii) if Parent is the Manager, the date such amounts become payable by the related Contributor or by the Manager under the Management Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iii)    Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds remaining in the Insurance Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the Casualty Reinvestment Period and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient (or the Manager on its behalf) elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds;

(iv)    Asset Disposition Proceeds remaining in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account on the immediately succeeding Business Day following the expiration of the Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period and Asset Disposition Proceeds where the applicable Service Recipient elects not to reinvest such amounts promptly upon the later of such election and receipt of such Asset Disposition Proceeds;

(v)    Release Prices immediately upon receipt of the proceeds of any Permitted Brand Disposition;

(vi)    all amounts withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, upon the occurrence of an Interest Reserve Release Event;

(vii)    any other amounts required to be deposited to the Collection Account hereunder or under any other Transaction Documents; and

34

(viii)    amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any of its rights under the Indenture, including, without limitation, under Article IX hereof, upon receipt thereof;

(f)    Investment Income. On a weekly basis at or prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) (i) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer any Investment Income on deposit in the Indenture Trust Accounts (other than the Collection Account) to the Collection Account and (ii) shall transfer any Investment Income on deposit in the Management Accounts to the Collection Account, in each case for application as Collections on that Weekly Allocation Date.

(g)    Payment Instructions. In accordance with and subject to the terms of the Management Agreement, the Issuer shall cause the Manager to instruct (i) each Franchisee obligated at any time to make any payment pursuant to any Franchise Document to make such payment to the Concentration Account or a related Lock-Box Account and (ii) any Person (not an Affiliate of the Issuer) obligated at any time to make any payments with respect to the Collateral, including, without limitation, the Securitization IP, to make such payment to the Concentration Account, the Collection Account or a related Lock-Box Account, as determined by the Issuer or the Manager.

(h)    Misdirected Collections. The Issuer agrees that if any Collections shall be received by the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity in an account other than an Account or in any other manner, such monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds will not be commingled by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity with any of their other funds or property, if any, but will be held separate and apart therefrom and shall be held in trust by the Issuer or such other Securitization Entity for, and, within one (1) Business Day of the identification of such payment, paid over to, the Trustee, with any necessary endorsement. The Trustee shall withdraw from the Collection Account any monies on deposit therein that the Manager certifies to the Trustee and the Servicer are not Retained Collections and pay such amounts to or at the direction of the Manager. All monies, instruments, cash and other proceeds of the Collateral received by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture shall be immediately deposited in the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in this Article V.

Section 5.11    Application of Weekly Collections on Weekly Allocation Dates. On each Weekly Allocation Date (unless the Issuer shall have failed to deliver by 4:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the day prior to such Weekly Allocation Date the Weekly Manager’s Certificate relating to such Weekly Allocation Date, in which case the application of Retained Collections relating to such Weekly Allocation Date shall occur on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such Weekly Manager’s Certificate is delivered), the Trustee shall, based solely on the information contained in the Weekly Manager’s Certificate, withdraw the amount on deposit in the Collection Account as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such Weekly Allocation Date in respect of such preceding Weekly Collection Period for allocation or payment in the following order of priority (the “Priority of Payments”):

(i)    first, solely with respect to any funds on deposit in the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date consisting of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, in the following order of priority: (A) to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) to reimburse the Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (C) on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions), to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay and permanently reduce the commitments under all related Class A-1 Notes

35

on a pro rata basis, then (D) to make an allocation to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis (other than the Class A-1 Notes) in alphanumerical order of designation, then (E) to make an allocation to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation, and then (F) to make an allocation to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, in the amount necessary to prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Subordinated Notes of all Series on a pro rata basis in alphanumerical order of designation;

(ii)    second, (A) to reimburse the Trustee and, then, the Servicer, for any unreimbursed Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), then (B) to reimburse the Manager for any unreimbursed Manager Advances (and accrued interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), and then (C) to pay the Servicer all Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees and Workout Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(iii)    third, to pay Successor Manager Transition Expenses, if any;

(iv)    fourth, to pay the Weekly Management Fee to the Manager;

(v)    fifth, pro rata, (A) to deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any previously accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount with respect to the annual period in which such Weekly Allocation Date occurs after giving effect to all deposits previously made to the Securitization Operating Expense Account in such annual period, to be distributed pro rata based on the amount of each type of Securitization Operating Expense payable on such Weekly Allocation Date pursuant to this priority (v), and (B) so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Trustee for payment of the Post-Default Capped Trustee Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(vi)    sixth, to deposit to the applicable Indenture Trust Account, ratably according to the amounts required to be deposited as set forth in subclauses (A) and (B) below, the following amounts until the amounts required to be deposited pursuant to subclauses (A) and (B) below are deposited in full: (A) to allocate to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount and (B) to allocate to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount;

(vii)    seventh, to pay to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(viii)    eighth, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, pro rata by amount due within each such Class, an amount equal to the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount;

(ix)    ninth, to deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, an amount equal to any Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount and any Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount for each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes in alphanumerical order of designation;

36

(x)    tenth, to allocate to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, an amount equal to the sum of (1) (only to the extent that the related Series Non-Amortization Test, if any, is not satisfied) any Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, (2) any Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount, (3) amounts then known by the Manager that will become due under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement prior to the immediately succeeding Quarterly Payment Date with respect to the cash collateralization of letters of credit issued under such Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (4) in respect of any Series of Class A-1 Notes for which the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has not occurred, any outstanding amounts due and payable in respect of the outstanding principal amount of such Series;

(xi)    eleventh, to pay any Supplemental Management Fee, together with any previously accrued and unpaid Supplemental Management Fee;

(xii)    twelfth, on and after any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) for one or more Series of Notes, if the related Class A-1 Notes of such Series have not been repaid on or before such date, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to allocate to such Class A-1 Notes of such Series on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining related Class A-1 Note Commitments in respect thereof) until the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Class A-1 Notes of such Series will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account allocable to such Class A-1 Notes;

(xiii)    thirteenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, and such Weekly Allocation Date occurs during a Cash Trapping Period, to deposit into the Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the Cash Trapping Amount, if any, on such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xiv)    fourteenth, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate (x) first, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to each class of Senior Notes, first, to the Class A-1 Notes on a pro rata basis (including a commensurate permanent reduction of any remaining Class A-1 Note Commitments) and then, second, to each remaining Class of Senior Notes on a pro rata basis until the Outstanding Principal Amount of each such Class of Senior Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, and then (y) second, 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to the Senior Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account;

(xv)    fifteenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount, if any;

37

(xvi)    sixteenth, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, an amount equal to the Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount in respect of the Subordinated Notes;

(xvii)    seventeenth, so long as no Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account an amount equal to the sum of (1) the Subordinated Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount, if any, and (2) the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Deficiency Amount, if any;

(xviii)    eighteenth, if a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, to allocate 100% of the amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account to the Subordinated Notes until the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes will be reduced to zero on the next Quarterly Payment Date after giving effect to all deposits in the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account;

(xix)    nineteenth, to deposit to the Securitization Operating Expense Account, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Securitization Operating Expenses (together with any Securitization Operating Expenses that are expected to be payable prior to the immediately following Weekly Allocation Date) in excess of the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount after giving effect to priority (v) above;

(xx)    twentieth, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxi)    twenty-first, to each Class A-1 Administrative Agent pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for payment, pro rata by amount due, of the Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts due for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxii)    twenty-second, to allocate to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiii)    twenty-third, to allocate to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Senior Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxiv)    twenty-fourth, to allocate to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, any Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for the Subordinated Notes for such Weekly Allocation Date;

(xxv)    twenty-fifth, to allocate to the applicable Principal Payment Account(s) an amount equal to any unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration; and

(xxvi)    twenty-sixth, to pay the Residual Amount at the direction of the Issuer.

Section 5.12    Quarterly Payment Date Applications.

(a)    Senior Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly

38

Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period (or, to the extent necessary to cover any Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount, the then-current Quarterly Fiscal Period) to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (a “Senior Interest Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Commitment Fees Shortfall) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account and ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. On each Quarterly Payment Date, after the application of funds under the Priority of Payments, the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (acting on behalf of the Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes.

(b)    Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(a) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If, after giving effect to all Debt Service Advances made in accordance with Section 5.12(a) on such Quarterly Payment Date, the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date remains greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest as reduced by such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Notes shall be paid to the Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

39

(c)    Debt Service Advances. If the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount as determined on any Quarterly Calculation Date pursuant to Section 5.12(b) is greater than zero, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Servicing Agreement, by 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day preceding such Quarterly Payment Date, the Servicer shall make a Debt Service Advance in such amount unless the Servicer notifies the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Trustee by such time that it has, reasonably and in good faith, determined such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. If the Servicer fails to make such Debt Service Advance (unless the Servicer has, reasonably and in good faith, determined that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) would be a Nonrecoverable Advance), pursuant to Section 10.1(l), the Trustee shall make the Debt Service Advance unless it determines that such Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance. In determining whether any Debt Service Advance (and interest thereon) is a Nonrecoverable Advance, the Trustee may conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer. All Debt Service Advances shall be deposited into the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account.

(d)    Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, up to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount accrued and unpaid with respect to the applicable Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (a “Commitment Fees Shortfall”) (to the extent of funds available and pro rata with any Senior Interest Shortfall) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, eighth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, ninth the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, and tenth the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, to be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount, pro rata among each Series of Class A-1 Notes based upon the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Series, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. On each Quarterly Payment Date, the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (acting on behalf of the Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on the Senior Notes Outstanding and any accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes.

(e)    Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to the next

40

succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments on the Class A-1 Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(d) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the accrued and unpaid Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount as reduced by such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Class A-1 Notes shall be paid to the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata among each Class of Class A-1 Notes based upon the amount of Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(f)    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii) and 5.12(d)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts. On each Quarterly Payment Date, after the application of funds under the Priority of Payments, the funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account (or, if the funds on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account are insufficient for such purpose, funds available to be drawn under any Interest Reserve Letter of Credit relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes) shall be applied by the Trustee at the written instruction of the Manager (acting on behalf of the Issuer) to pay, pro rata, any accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount on the Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding to the extent that amounts deposited into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts in accordance with the prior sentence are insufficient for such purposes.

(g)    Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Senior

41

Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(f) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(h)    Senior Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Notes in the amounts distributed to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Notes (excluding any Principal Release Amounts), in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (x), (xii), (xiv) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If a Rapid Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing or will occur on the following Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the amounts on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), Section 5.12(d)(ii) and Section 5.12(f)(ii)), if any, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Senior Notes (after giving effect to the application of the amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account referred to in the foregoing clause (i)), sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class.

(iii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of

42

funds allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(f)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, sixth, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and seventh, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes up to the amount of unpaid Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of such Class.

(iv)    If any payment of principal of any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above requires the deposit of funds (the “Cash Collateral”) with the applicable L/C Provider to serve as collateral and act as security to guarantee any obligations of the Issuer relating to any related letters of credit (the “Collateralized Letters of Credit”), then upon the expiration of the Collateralized Letters of Credit (x) so long as any Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be deposited into the Collection Account to be applied in accordance with the Priority of Payments and (y) if no Series of Notes remain Outstanding, the Cash Collateral shall be returned to the Issuer.

(v)    Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) may elect on any Weekly Allocation Date that either (i) the Residual Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date or (ii) amounts in respect of an equity contribution to the Issuer not constituting a Retained Collections Contribution may be deposited directly into the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account for the purpose of making an Optional Scheduled Principal Payment on the next Quarterly Payment Date, and the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to so deposit and withdraw such amount.

(i)    Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xiv), (xv) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xiv), (xv), and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

43

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, and fifth, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes up to the amount of unpaid Senior Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of such Class.

(j)    Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, (i) to withdraw the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts and (ii) if the amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account referred to in the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date and no Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii) and 5.12(i)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and fourth, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, to be paid to the Subordinated Notes, up to the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account for further deposit to the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

44

(k)    Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall determine the excess, if any (the “Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount”), of (i) the accrued and unpaid Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount for the Interest Accrual Period with respect to each Class of Subordinated Notes ending most recently prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date over (ii) the amount that will be available to make payments of interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with Section 5.12(j) on such Quarterly Payment Date. If the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount with respect to such Quarterly Payment Date is greater than zero, the payment of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount as reduced by such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount to be distributed on such Quarterly Payment Date to the Subordinated Notes shall be paid to the Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of the Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amount payable with respect to each such Class; provided that such reduction shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any default caused by the existence of such Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount. An additional amount of interest shall accrue on the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount for each subsequent Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Note Rate until the Subordinated Notes Interest Shortfall Amount is paid in full.

(l)    Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid in the following order: (A) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to the aggregate amount of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds in the order of priority set forth in priority (i) of the Priority of Payments and (B) to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes in the amounts distributed to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account pursuant to priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv) of the Priority of Payments owed to each such Class of Subordinated Notes, in the order of priority set forth in the Priority of Payments with respect to such priorities (xvii), (xviii) and (xxv), and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amount owed to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes on such Quarterly Payment Date and/or the amount of funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period is less than the Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds due to be applied as a mandatory prepayment on such Quarterly Payment Date with respect to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to any such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii) and 5.12(j)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional

45

Interest Account, second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and third, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes up to the amount of unpaid Subordinated Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts, Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds and/or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Subordinated Notes of such Class.

(m)    Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, up to the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each such Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii) and 5.12(l)(ii)) from first, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, and second, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Notes, up to the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(n)    Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative

46

account owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(ii)    If the aggregate amount of funds allocated to the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i) is less than the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest owed to each such Class of Senior Subordinated Notes for the Interest Accrual Period ending most recently prior to such Quarterly Payment Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw an amount equal to such insufficiency (to the extent of funds available, after giving effect to any payments of higher priority to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from any Collection Account Administrative Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii), 5.12(f)(ii), 5.12(h)(iii), 5.12(i)(ii), 5.12(j)(ii), 5.12(l)(ii) and 5.12(m)(ii)) from the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, to be paid to each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest accrued and unpaid with respect to each applicable Class of Senior Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(o)    Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account. On each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on the following Quarterly Payment Date, after giving effect to any allocations set forth in the Priority of Payments on such date, the funds allocated to the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account on each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to the immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Period, to be paid to each applicable Class of Subordinated Notes, up to the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest distributed to such administrative account owed to each Class of Subordinated Notes, sequentially in order of alphanumerical designation and pro rata among each such Class of Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the amount of Subordinated Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Contingent Interest payable with respect to each such Class, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts.

(p)    Amounts on Deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and the Cash Trap Reserve Account.

(i)    On each Quarterly Calculation Date (A) preceding any Quarterly Payment Date that is a Cash Trapping Release Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date from funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account an amount equal to the applicable Cash Trapping Release Amount and (B) preceding the first Quarterly Payment Date following the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period (including a Rapid Amortization Period due to an Event of Default), the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date all funds then on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account (after giving effect to any payments to be made as of such Quarterly Payment Date from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(ii)), and, in each case, deposit such funds into the Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

47

(ii)    So long as no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw funds on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account and apply such funds on the following Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority, (A) unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon), (B) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon), (C) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts, (D) Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts and (E) pro rata, any required payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes (including any payments of principal on the Class A-1 Notes required after the occurrence of any Class A-1 Renewal Date), in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment of the foregoing amounts in accordance with this Section 5.12, including any withdrawals from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Sections 5.12(a)(ii), 5.12(d)(ii) and 5.12(h)(iii)).

(iii)    Amounts on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account will also be available to make an optional prepayment of the Notes.

(iv)    If the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines, with respect to any Series of Senior Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account is insufficient, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Notes of each such Class.

(v)    If the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) determines, with respect to any Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, that the amount to be deposited in any Series Distribution Account in accordance with this Section 5.12 on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date related to such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes is less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series of Senior Subordinated Notes, on the Quarterly Calculation Date immediately preceding such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee thereof in writing, and the Trustee shall, in accordance with such instruction on such Series Legal Final Maturity Date, withdraw from the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account an amount equal to such insufficiency (and, to the extent the amount in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account is insufficient, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Control Party to draw on the applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit) and deposit such amount into the applicable Series Distribution Accounts, to be paid to the Senior Subordinated Notes sequentially in order of alphanumeric designation and pro rata among each Class of Senior Subordinated Notes of the same alphanumerical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes of each such Class.

48

(vi)    In the event of (x) any reduction in the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Senior Notes or (y) any reduction in any Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw the Interest Reserve Release Amount, if any, from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account on the applicable Quarterly Payment Date and to deposit such amount into the Collection Account for distribution in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(vii)    On any date on which no Senior Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the Collection Account and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(viii)    On any date on which no Senior Subordinated Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date any funds then on deposit in the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account and to deposit all remaining funds into the Collection Account and/or to return any outstanding Interest Reserve Letter of Credit maintained with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account to the issuer thereof for cancellation.

(q)    Principal Release Amount.

(i)    If a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default is continuing, the Principal Release Amount shall remain on deposit in the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and shall be applied in the order set forth in Section 5.12(h)(i) for amounts allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account.

(ii)    If (x) no Rapid Amortization Event or Event of Default is continuing and (y) if any Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred, the related Class A-1 Notes have been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, on each Quarterly Calculation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account and apply such funds on such Quarterly Payment Date to the extent necessary to pay, in the following order of priority, (A) to the Trustee, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (B) to the Servicer, unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (C) unreimbursed Manager Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Interest Rate), (D) pro rata, Senior Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts and Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amounts and (E) Senior Subordinated Notes Quarterly Interest Amounts, in each case, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof as described in this Section 5.12. The Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of the Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

(iii)    If no Rapid Amortization Period or Event of Default is continuing, but a Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date has occurred and the related Class A-1 Notes have not been paid, extended or otherwise refinanced in full, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such Quarterly Payment Date the Principal Release Amount from the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account to the extent necessary to pay the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes, and deposit such funds into the applicable Series Distribution Account for distribution to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes, pro rata, after giving effect to other amounts available for payment thereof. The Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to distribute the remainder of the Principal Release Amount, if any, in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments, beginning at priority (xii) thereof.

49

(r)    Securitization Operating Expense Account. On each Weekly Allocation Date, the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on such date an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the sum of all Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable and (ii) the amount on deposit in the Securitization Operating Expense Account after giving effect to any deposits thereto pursuant to the Priority of Payments on such date and apply such funds to pay any Securitization Operating Expenses then due and payable.

(s)    Optional Prepayments. The Issuer shall have the right to optionally prepay the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Class of Notes, in whole or in part in accordance with the related Series Supplement; provided that all optional prepayments must be applied first, to Senior Notes, second, to Senior Subordinated Notes and third, to Subordinated Notes. The Issuer shall instruct the Trustee in writing to withdraw on each applicable optional prepayment date, including each such prepayment date that does not occur on a Quarterly Payment Date, the prepayment amount on deposit in the applicable Series Distribution Account in accordance with the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.13    Determination of Quarterly Interest.

Quarterly payments of interest and fees on each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.14    Determination of Quarterly Principal.

Quarterly payments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

Section 5.15    Prepayment of Principal.

Mandatory prepayments of principal, if any, of each Series of Notes shall be determined, allocated and distributed in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Series Supplement, if not otherwise described herein.

Section 5.16    Retained Collections Contributions.

During the period commencing on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date, the Issuer may (but is not required to) designate Retained Collections Contributions to be included in Net Cash Flow, but not more than $2,000,000 in any Quarterly Fiscal Period or more than $4,000,000 during any period of four (4) consecutive Quarterly Fiscal Periods or more than $10,000,000 from the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the Series 2018-1 Legal Final Maturity Date; provided that any Retained Collections Contributions shall be excluded from the amount of Net Cash Flow for purposes of calculating the New Series Pro Forma DSCR in connection with the issuance of any new Series. The amount of any Retained Collections Contribution included in Net Cash Flow for the purpose of calculating the DSCR shall be retained in the Collection Account until the Weekly Allocation Date on which either (i) the DSCR for the period of four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Weekly Allocation Date is at least 1.50:1.00 without giving effect to the inclusion of such Retained Collections Contribution or (ii) such Retained Collections Contribution is required to pay any shortfall in the amounts payable under priorities (ii) through (xxv) of the Priority of Payments, to the extent of any shortfall on such Weekly Allocation Date. The Issuer may not designate equity contributions as Retained Collections Contributions to the extent such equity contributions were funded by the proceeds of a draw under any Class A-1 Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, Series 2015-1

50

Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments, Series 2016-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments and Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Optional Scheduled Principal Payments shall not constitute Retained Collections Contributions.

Section 5.17    Interest Reserve Letters of Credit.

(a)    The Issuer may, in lieu of funding (or as partial replacement for funding) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account and/or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account in the amounts required hereunder, maintain one or more Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, each in a face amount equal to the amounts required to be funded in respect of such account(s) had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued. Where on any Quarterly Calculation Date the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf) instructs the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, for allocation or payment on the following Quarterly Payment Date, such funds shall be drawn first, from amounts on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, on such Quarterly Calculation Date and second, from amounts available to be drawn under any applicable Interest Reserve Letter of Credit.

(b)    Each such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit (i) shall name the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable, as the beneficiary thereof; (ii) shall allow the Trustee (or the Control Party on its behalf) to submit a notice of drawing in respect of such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit whenever amounts would otherwise be required to be withdrawn from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.12; (iii) shall have an expiration date of no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date (after giving effect to any extensions) specified in the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit was issued; and (iv) shall indicate by its terms that the proceeds in respect of drawings under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit shall be paid directly into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable.

(c)    If, on the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to the expiration of any such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit, such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit has not been replaced or renewed and the Issuer has not otherwise deposited funds into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in the amounts that would otherwise be required had such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit not been issued, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

(d)    If, on any day, (i) the short-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider which has issued an Interest Reserve Letter of Credit is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “A-2” or (ii) the long-term debt credit rating of any L/C Provider is withdrawn by S&P or downgraded below “BBB+” (each of cases (i) and (ii), an “L/C Downgrade Event”), on the fifth (5^th) Business Day after the occurrence of such L/C Downgrade Event, the Control Party (on behalf of the Trustee) shall submit a notice of drawing under each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Provider and use the proceeds thereof to fund a deposit into the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior

51

Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account Deficit Amount on such date, in each case calculated as if such Interest Reserve Letter of Credit had not been issued.

Section 5.18    Replacement of Ineligible Accounts.

If, at any time, any Management Account or any of the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Collection Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account shall cease to be an Eligible Account (each, an “Ineligible Account”), the Issuer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days of obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Control Party thereof and (ii) within sixty (60) days of obtaining knowledge thereof, (A) establish, or cause to be established, a new account that is an Eligible Account in substitution for such Ineligible Account, (B) with the exception of any Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or, with respect to the Trustee Accounts maintained at the Trustee, instruct the Trustee in writing to transfer, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (C) in the case of a Management Account, following the establishment of such new Eligible Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all cash and investments from such Ineligible Account into such new Eligible Account, (D) in the case of a Management Account, transfer, or cause to be transferred, all items deposited in the lock-box related to such Ineligible Account to a new lock-box related to such new Eligible Account, and (E) pledge, or cause to be pledged, such new Eligible Account to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, if such Ineligible Account is required to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, cause such new Eligible Account to be subject to an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Control Party and the Trustee. In the event that any of the Collection Account, any Management Account or any Collection Account Administrative Account becomes an Ineligible Account, the Manager shall, promptly following the establishment of such related new Eligible Account, notify each Franchisee of a change in payment instructions, if any.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1    Distributions in General.

(a)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, on each Quarterly Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Noteholders of each Series of record on the preceding Record Date the amounts payable thereto (i) by wire transfer in immediately available funds released by the Paying Agent from the applicable Series Distribution Account no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time) if a Noteholder has provided to the Paying Agent and the Trustee wiring instructions at least five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable Quarterly Payment Date or (ii) by check mailed first-class postage prepaid to such Noteholder at the address for such Noteholder appearing in the Note Register if such Noteholder has not provided wire instructions pursuant to clause (i) above; provided that the final principal payment due on a Note shall only be paid upon due presentment and surrender of such Note for cancellation in accordance with the provisions of the Note at the applicable Corporate Trust Office.

(b)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes shall be made from amounts allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments among each Class of Notes in alphanumerical order (i.e., ▇-▇, ▇-▇, ▇-▇, ▇-▇ and not ▇-▇, ▇-▇, ▇-▇, B-2) and pro rata among Holders of Notes within each Class of the same alphanumerical designation;

52

provided that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, in this Base Indenture or in any applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, all distributions to Noteholders of all Classes within a Series of Notes having the same alphabetical designation shall be pari passu with each other with respect to the distribution of Collateral proceeds resulting from the exercise of remedies upon an Event of Default.

(c)    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Series Supplement, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts owed to the Noteholders of any Class of Notes pursuant to the instructions of the Issuer whether set forth in a Quarterly Noteholders’ Report, Company Order or otherwise.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Issuer hereby represents and warrants, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders, as follows as of each Series Closing Date:

Section 7.1    Existence and Power.

Each Service Recipient (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of its property, the nature of its business or the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents make such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to so qualify is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) has all limited liability company, corporate or other powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted and for purposes of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 7.2    Company and Governmental Authorization.

The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer and each other Service Recipient of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party (a) is within such Service Recipient’s limited liability company, corporate or other powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company, corporate or other action, (b) requires no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority which has not been obtained (other than any actions or filings that may be undertaken after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document) and (c) does not contravene, or constitute a default under, any Requirements of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property of any Service Recipient, except for Liens created by this Base Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, solely with respect to the Contribution Agreements, the violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. This Base Indenture and each of the other Transaction Documents to which each Service Recipient is a party has been executed and delivered by a duly Authorized Officer of such Service Recipient.

Section 7.3    No Consent.

Except as set forth on Schedule 7.3, no consent, action by or in respect of, approval or other authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the valid execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and by the Issuer and each other Service Recipient of any Transaction Document to which it

53

is a party or for the performance of any of the Service Recipients’ obligations hereunder or thereunder, other than such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings (a) as shall have been obtained or made by such Service Recipient prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or as are permitted to be obtained subsequent to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in accordance with Section 7.13 or Section 8.25, or (b) relating to the performance of any Franchise Document the failure of which to obtain is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.4    Binding Effect.

This Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which a Service Recipient is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Service Recipient enforceable against such Service Recipient in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

Section 7.5    Litigation.

There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, threatened against or affecting any Service Recipient or of which any property or assets of such Service Recipient is the subject before any court or arbitrator or any other Governmental Authority that, individually or in the aggregate, would affect the validity or enforceability of this Base Indenture or any Series Supplement or materially adversely affect the performance by the Service Recipients of their obligations hereunder or thereunder or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.6    Employee Benefit Plans.

No Securitization Entity or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Securitization Entity has established, maintains, contributes to, or has any liability in respect of (or has in the past six years established, maintained, contributed to, or had any liability in respect of) any Pension Plan. No Securitization Entity has any contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws. Each Employee Benefit Plan presently complies and has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including ERISA and the Code, except for such instances of noncompliance as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan, other than transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption or such transactions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each such Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

Section 7.7    Tax Filings and Expenses.

Each Securitization Entity has filed, or caused to be filed, all federal, state, local and foreign Tax returns and all other Tax returns which, to the knowledge of the Issuer, are required to be filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, such Securitization Entity (whether information returns or not), and has paid, or caused to be paid, all Taxes due, if any, pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by any Securitization Entity or otherwise, except such Taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate

54

reserves have been set aside in accordance with GAAP. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 7.7, the Issuer is not aware of any proposed Tax assessments against any Driven Brands Entity. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to any Securitization Entity, nor does any Securitization Entity have any knowledge of any tax deficiencies. Each Securitization Entity has paid all fees and expenses required to be paid by it in connection with the conduct of its business, the maintenance of its existence and its qualification as a foreign entity authorized to do business in each state and each foreign country in which it is required to so qualify, except to the extent that the failure to pay such fees and expenses is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.8    Disclosure.

All certificates, reports, statements, notices, documents and other information furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders by or on behalf of the Service Recipients pursuant to any provision of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, are, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects (when taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be), and give the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof in all material respects, and the furnishing of the same to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuer made on the date the same are furnished to the Trustee or the Noteholders, as the case may be, to the effect specified herein.

Section 7.9    Investment Company Act.

Neither the Issuer nor any other Securitization Entity is, or is controlled by, an “investment company” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act.

Section 7.10    Regulations T, U and X.

The proceeds of the Notes will not be used to purchase or carry any “margin stock” (as defined or used in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof) in such a way that could cause the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents to fail to comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X thereof. No Securitization Entity owns or is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

Section 7.11    Solvency.

Both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, each Securitization Entity is solvent within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code and any applicable state law, and no Securitization Entity is the subject of any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and no Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to any Securitization Entity.

Section 7.12    Ownership of Equity Interests; Subsidiaries.

(a)    All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of the Issuer are directly owned by Funding Holdco, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Funding Holdco free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

55

(b)    All of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Funding Holdco are directly owned by Parent, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned of record by Parent free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Section 7.13    Security Interests.

(a)    The Issuer and each Guarantor owns and has good title to its Collateral, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Other than any real property contributed to the Issuer, the Indenture Collateral consists of securities, loans, investments, accounts, commercial tort claims, inventory, equipment, fixtures, health care insurance receivables, chattel paper, money, deposit accounts, instruments, financial assets, documents, investment property, general intangibles, letter of credit rights, and other supporting obligations (in each case, as defined in the UCC). This Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement constitute a valid and continuing Lien on the Collateral in favor of the Trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which Lien on the Collateral has been perfected (except as described on Schedule 8.11 or as permitted under Section 8.25(c)) and is prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by general equitable principles, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Issuer and the Guarantors have received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Collateral to the pledge of the Collateral to the Trustee hereunder and under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Issuer and the Guarantors have caused, or shall have caused, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral granted to the Trustee hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement within ten (10) days of the date of this Agreement, or, in the case of Intellectual Property, shall take all additional action necessary to perfect such first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) consistent with the obligations and time periods set forth in Section 8.25(c).

(b)    Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee hereunder, pursuant to the other Transaction Documents or any other Permitted Lien, none of the Issuer or any Guarantor has pledged, assigned, sold or granted a security interest in the Collateral. All action necessary (including the filing of UCC-1 financing statements and filings with the USPTO, the USCO and the CIPO) to protect and evidence the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral in the United States (and, with respect to the Canadian Intellectual Property, Canada) has been, or shall be, duly and effectively taken, consistent with the obligations set forth in Section 7.13(a), Section 8.25(c) and Section 8.25(d), except as described on Schedule 8.11. No security agreement, financing statement, equivalent security or lien instrument or continuation statement authorized by the Issuer or any Guarantor and listing the Issuer or such Guarantor as debtor covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any jurisdiction, except in respect of Permitted Liens or such as may have been filed, recorded or made by the Issuer or such Guarantor in favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in connection with this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and neither the Issuer or any Guarantor has authorized any such filing.

(c)    All authorizations in this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement for the Trustee to endorse checks, instruments and securities and to execute financing statements, continuation statements, security agreements and other instruments with respect to the Collateral and to take such other actions with respect to the Collateral authorized by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are powers coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

56

Section 7.14    Transaction Documents.

The Indenture Documents, the Account Agreements, the Depository Agreements and the other Transaction Documents are in full force and effect. There are no outstanding defaults thereunder nor have events occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder.

Section 7.15    Non-Existence of Other Agreements.

Other than as permitted by Section 8.22, (a) no Securitization Entity is a party to any contract or agreement of any kind or nature and (b) no Securitization Entity is subject to any material obligations or liabilities of any kind or nature in favor of any third party, including, without limitation, Contingent Obligations. No Securitization Entity has engaged in any activities since its formation (other than those incidental to its formation, the authorization and the issuance of any Series of Notes, the execution of the Transaction Documents to which such Securitization Entity is a party and the performance of the activities referred to in or contemplated by such agreements).

Section 7.16    Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Laws.

No Service Recipient is in violation of (a) its Charter Documents, (b) any Requirement of Law with respect to such Service Recipient or (c) any Contractual Obligation with respect to such Service Recipient except, solely with respect to clauses (b) and (c), to the extent such violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 7.17    Other Representations.

All representations and warranties of each Service Recipient made in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are true and correct (i) if qualified as to materiality, in all respects and (ii) if not qualified as to materiality, in all material respects (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all respects or in all material respects, as applicable, as of such earlier date), and are repeated herein as though fully set forth herein.

Section 7.18    Insurance.

The Securitization Entities maintain the insurance coverages (or self-insure for such risks) described on Schedule 7.18 hereto, in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries. All policies of insurance of the Securitization Entities are in full force and effect, and the Securitization Entities are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects. None of the Securitization Entities has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such insurance is primary coverage, all premiums therefor due on or before the date hereof have been paid in full, and the terms and conditions thereof are no less favorable to the Securitization Entities than the terms and conditions of insurance maintained by their Affiliates that are not Securitization Entities.

57

Section 7.19    Environmental Matters.

(a)    None of the Service Recipients is subject to any liabilities or obligations pursuant to any Environmental Law or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    Other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(i)    The Service Recipients (x) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (y) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current or intended operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and have obtained all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (z) are, and within the period of all applicable statutes of limitation have been, in compliance with all of their Environmental Permits.

(ii)    Materials of Environmental Concern are not present at, on, under, in, or about any real property now or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Service Recipient, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (x) give rise to liability of any Service Recipient under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to any Service Recipient, (y) interfere with any Service Recipient’s continued operations or (z) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by any Service Recipient.

(iii)    There is no judicial, administrative, or arbitral proceeding (including, without limitation, any notice of violation or alleged violation) under or relating to any Environmental Law to which any Service Recipient is, or to the knowledge of any Service Recipient will be, named as a party that is pending or, to the knowledge of any Service Recipient, threatened.

(iv)    No Service Recipient has received any written request for information, or been notified that it is a potentially responsible party, under or relating to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, or any other Environmental Law, or with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern.

(v)    No Service Recipient has entered into or agreed to any consent decree, order, or settlement or other agreement, or is subject to any judgment, decree, or order or other agreement, in any judicial, administrative, arbitral, or other forum for dispute resolution, relating to compliance with or liability under any Environmental Law.

Section 7.20    Intellectual Property.

(a)    All of the registrations and applications included in the Securitization IP are subsisting, unexpired and have not been abandoned in any applicable jurisdiction except where such expiration or abandonment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, (i) the use of the Securitization IP and the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands do not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) to the Issuer’s knowledge, the Securitization IP is not being infringed or

58

violated by any third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) there is no action or proceeding pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)    Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, no action or proceeding is pending or, to the Issuer’s knowledge, threatened that seeks to limit, cancel or challenge the validity of any Securitization IP, or the use thereof, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d)    The Issuer has not made and will not hereafter make any assignment, pledge, mortgage, hypothecation or transfer of any of the Securitization IP other than Permitted Liens, Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions under Section 8.12 and Section 8.16.

Section 7.21    Payments on the Notes.

Payments on the Notes will not depend primarily on cash flow from self-liquidating financial assets within the meaning of Section 3(a)(79) of the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

Section 8.1    Payment of Notes.

(a)    The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, subject to Section 2.15(d), on the Notes when due pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture and any applicable Series Supplement. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Except as otherwise provided pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, amounts properly withheld under the Code or any applicable state, local or foreign law by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest or principal or premium, if any, shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of the Indenture and the Notes.

(b)    By acceptance of its Notes, each Noteholder agrees that the failure to provide the Paying Agent with appropriate tax certifications (which includes (i) an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for United States persons (as defined under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or any applicable successor form, or (ii) an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 for Persons other than United States persons, or any applicable successor form) may result in amounts being withheld from payments to such Noteholder under this Base Indenture and any Series Supplement and that amounts withheld pursuant to applicable laws shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer as provided in the foregoing clause (a).

Section 8.2    Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a)    The Issuer will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee, the Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served, and where, at any time when the Issuer is obligated to make a payment of principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes, the Notes may be surrendered for payment. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee and the Servicer with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office and notices and demands may be made at the address set forth in Section 14.1 hereof.

59

(b)    The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Servicer of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Issuer.

Section 8.3    Payment and Performance of Obligations.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, pay and discharge and fully perform, at or before maturity, all of their respective material obligations and liabilities, including, without limitation, Tax liabilities and other governmental claims levied or imposed upon any Service Recipient or upon the income, properties or operations of any Service Recipient, judgments, settlement agreements and all obligations of each Service Recipient under the Collateral Documents, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (and without derogation from the material obligations of the Issuer hereunder and the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement regarding the protection of the Collateral from Liens (other than Permitted Liens)), and will maintain, in accordance with GAAP, reserves as appropriate for the accrual of any of the same.

Section 8.4    Maintenance of Existence.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, maintain its existence as a limited liability company or corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization and duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company or corporation licensed under the laws of each state in which the failure to so qualify would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient (other than any Future Securitization Entity or Service Recipient that is a corporation) to, be treated as a disregarded entity within the meaning of United States Treasury regulation section 301.7701-2(c)(2), and the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Service Recipient (other than any Future Securitization Entity or Servicer Recipient that is a corporation) to, be classified as a corporation or as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Section 8.5    Compliance with Laws.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, comply in all respects with all Requirements of Law with respect to the Issuer or such other Service Recipient except where such non-compliance would not be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that such non-compliance will not result in a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any of the Collateral or any criminal liability on the part of any Service Recipient, the Manager or the Trustee.

Section 8.6    Inspection of Property; Books and Records.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions, business and activities in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, permit, at reasonable times upon reasonable notice, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee or any Person appointed by any of them to act as its agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to

60

discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, directors, managers, employees and independent certified public accountants, and up to one such visit and inspection by each of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee, or any Person appointed by them, shall be reimbursable as Securitization Operating Expenses per calendar year, with any additional visit or inspection by any such Person being at such Person’s sole cost and expense; provided that during the continuance of a Warm Back-Up Management Trigger Event, a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, or to the extent expressly required without the instruction of any other party under the terms of any Transaction Documents, any such Person may visit and conduct such activities at any time and all such visits and activities will constitute Securitization Operating Expenses.

Section 8.7    Actions under the Transaction Documents.

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action that would permit any Driven Brands Entity or any other Person party to a Transaction Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any Transaction Document.

(b)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.7(d), the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, take any action which would permit any other Person party to a Franchise Document to have the right to refuse to perform any of its respective obligations under such Franchise Document or that would result in the amendment, waiver, hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, such Franchise Document if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

(c)    The Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege available to it with respect to any obligor under a Collateral Document or under any instrument or agreement included in the Collateral, take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by any such obligor of its obligations to the Issuer or such other Service Recipient or give any consent, request, notice, direction or approval with respect to any such obligor if such action when taken on behalf of any Service Recipient by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

(d)    Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1, the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver, supplement, termination or surrender of, the terms of any of the Transaction Documents.

(e)    Upon the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event under the Management Agreement, (i) the Issuer will not, nor will permit any other Service Recipient to, without the prior written consent of the Control Party, terminate the Manager and appoint any successor Manager in accordance with the Management Agreement and (ii) the Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, terminate the Manager and appoint one or more successor Managers in accordance with the Management Agreement if and when so directed by the Control Party.

Section 8.8    Notice of Defaults and Other Events.

Promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) upon becoming aware of (i) any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, (ii) any Rapid Amortization Event, (iii) any Potential Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Manager Termination Event, (iv) any Default, (v) any Event of

61

Default or (vi) any default under any Transaction Document, the Issuer shall give the Trustee, the Servicer, the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding notice thereof, together with an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or contemplated to be taken by the Issuer. The Issuer shall, at its expense, promptly provide to the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee such additional information as the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative or the Trustee may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the matters so reported, and the actions so taken or contemplated to be taken.

Section 8.9    Notice of Material Proceedings.

Without limiting Section 8.27 or Section 8.25(b), promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) upon the determination by either the Chief Financial Officer or the General Counsel of Parent that the commencement or existence of any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding with respect to any Driven Brands Entity would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency.

Section 8.10    Further Requests.

The Issuer will, and will cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly furnish to the Trustee such other information as, and in such form as, the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by any Series Supplement.

Section 8.11    Further Assurances.

(a)    The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, do such further acts and things, and execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer such additional assignments, agreements, powers and instruments, as are necessary or desirable to obtain or maintain the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral on behalf of the Secured Parties as a perfected security interest subject to no prior Liens (other than Permitted Liens), to carry into effect the purposes of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents or to better assure and confirm unto the Trustee, the Servicer, the Noteholders or the other Secured Parties their rights, powers and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the filing of any financing or continuation statements or amendments under the UCC in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the liens and security interests granted hereby and by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25(c) or Section 8.25(d). The Issuer and the Guarantors intend the security interests granted pursuant to the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in favor of the Secured Parties to be prior to all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) in respect of the Collateral, and the Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first lien on and a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (except with respect to Permitted Liens and except as set forth on Schedule 8.11 or in Section 8.25). If the Issuer fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Section 8.11(a), then the Servicer may perform such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Servicer incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Issuer upon the Servicer’s demand therefor. The Servicer is hereby authorized to execute and file any financing statements, continuation statements, amendments or other instruments necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral.

(b)    If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, chattel paper or other instrument, such note, chattel paper or instrument shall be deemed to be held in trust and immediately pledged and within two (2) Business Days physically delivered to the Trustee hereunder, and shall, subject to the rights of any Person in whose favor a prior Permitted Lien has been perfected, be duly endorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and delivered to the Trustee promptly.

62

(c)    Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be required to perfect any security interest in any fixtures (other than through a central filing of a UCC financing statement), any Franchisee promissory notes or any real property.

(d)    If during any Quarterly Fiscal Period the Issuer or any Guarantor shall obtain an interest in any commercial tort claim or claims (as such term is defined in the New York UCC) and such commercial tort claim or claims (when added to any past commercial tort claim or claims that were obtained by any Securitization Entity prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period that are still outstanding) have an aggregate value equal to or greater than $5,000,000 as of the last day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall notify the Servicer on or before the third (3^rd) Business Day prior to the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date that it has obtained such an interest and shall sign and deliver documentation acceptable to the Servicer granting a security interest under this Base Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the case may be, in and to such commercial tort claim or claims whether obtained during such Quarterly Fiscal Period or prior to such Quarterly Fiscal Period.

(e)    The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, warrant and defend the Trustee’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral and the income, distributions and Proceeds thereof, for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties, against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever.

(f)    On or before April 30 of each calendar year, commencing with April 30, 2019, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer (with a copy to the Back-Up Manager) an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, (i) such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments to financing statements and such other documents as are, subject to clause (c) above, necessary to maintain the perfection of the Lien and security interest created by this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the United States and reciting the details of such action or (ii) no such action is necessary to maintain the perfection of such Lien and security interest. Each such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Base Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and amendments or other documents that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required, subject to clause (c) above, to maintain the perfection of the lien and security interest of this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement under Article 9 of the New York UCC in the Collateral in the United States until April 30 in the following calendar year.

Section 8.12    Liens.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property (including the Collateral), other than (i) Liens in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) other Permitted Liens.

Section 8.13    Other Indebtedness.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, create, assume, incur, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable in respect of any Indebtedness, other than (i) Indebtedness hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other

63

Transaction Documents, (ii) any guarantee by any Securitization Entity of the obligations of any other Securitization Entity or (iii) any purchase money Indebtedness incurred in order to finance the acquisition, lease or improvement of equipment in the ordinary course of business.

Section 8.14    Employee Benefit Plans.

No Service Recipient or any member of a Controlled Group that includes a Service Recipient shall establish, sponsor, maintain, contribute to, incur any obligation to contribute to or incur any liability in respect of any Pension Plan, other than as set forth on Schedule 8.14. No Service Recipient shall incur any material contingent liability with respect to any post-retirement welfare benefits under a Welfare Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or other applicable continuation of coverage laws and other than any Welfare Plan set forth on Schedule 8.14.

Section 8.15    Mergers.

On and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), other than any merger or consolidation of any Securitization Entity with any other Securitization Entity or any merger or consolidation of any Securitization Entity with any other entity to which the Control Party has given prior written consent.

Section 8.16    Asset Dispositions.

(a)    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of its property (whether by means of a single transaction or a series of related transactions), including any Equity Interests of any other Securitization Entity, except in the case of (i) Permitted Asset Dispositions and (ii) Permitted Brand Dispositions.

(b)    In connection with any Permitted Brand Disposition, the applicable Securitization Entities (or the Manager on their behalf) will deposit the related Release Price to the Collection Account. The Release Price will be applied in accordance with priority (i) of the Priority of Payments, and any applicable Prepayment Consideration shall be due in connection with such mandatory prepayment.

(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Manager nor any of the Securitization Entities will be permitted to sell, transfer, lease, license, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of the Driven Securitization Brands other than pursuant to a Permitted Brand Disposition.

Section 8.17    Acquisition of Assets.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, acquire, by long-term or operating lease or otherwise, any property (i) if such acquisition when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement or (ii) that is a lease, license or other contract or permit, if the grant of a lien or security interest in any of the applicable Securitization Entity’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (a) would be prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (b) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the applicable Securitization Entity therein or (c) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the UCC or any other applicable law.

64

Section 8.18    Dividends, Officers’ Compensation, etc.

The Issuer will not declare or pay any distributions on any of its limited liability company interests; provided that, so long as no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Series of Notes Outstanding or would result therefrom, the Issuer may declare and pay distributions to the extent permitted under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Issuer’s Charter Documents. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, pay any wages or salaries or other compensation to its officers, directors, managers or other agents except out of earnings computed in accordance with GAAP or except for the fees paid to its Independent Managers. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interest in or issued by such Securitization Entity or set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose except as expressly permitted by the Indenture or as consented to by the Control Party. The Issuer may draw on Class A-1 Note Commitments with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes for general corporate purposes of the Securitization Entities and the Non-Securitization Entities, including to fund any acquisition by any Securitization Entity or Non-Securitization Entity; provided that the Issuer shall not draw on such Class A-1 Note Commitments to pay dividends on Parent shares or to repurchase Parent shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Securitization Entity shall be permitted to make a distribution of any Large Franchisor Exemption Amount contributed to such Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date to such Non-Securitization Affiliate.

Section 8.19    Legal Name, Location Under Section 9-301 or 9-307.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, change its location (within the meaning of Section 9-301 or 9-307 of the applicable UCC) or its legal name without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding. In the event that the Issuer or any other Securitization Entity desires to so change its location or change its legal name, the Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, make any required filings, and prior to actually changing its location or its legal name the Issuer will, or will cause such other Securitization Entity to, deliver to the Trustee and the Servicer (i) an Officer’s Certificate confirming that all required filings have been made, subject to Section 8.11(c), to continue the perfected interest of the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties in the Collateral under Article 9 of the applicable UCC in respect of the new location or new legal name of the Issuer or other Securitization Entity and (ii) copies of all such required filings with the filing information duly noted thereon by the office in which such filings were made.

Section 8.20    Charter Documents.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, amend, or consent to the amendment of, any of its Charter Documents to which it is a party as a member or shareholder unless, prior to such amendment, the Control Party shall have consented thereto and the Rating Agency Condition with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding shall have been satisfied with respect to such amendment; provided that the Issuer and the other Securitization Entities shall be permitted to amend their Charter Documents without having to meet the Rating Agency Condition to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency therein or if such amendments could not reasonably be deemed to be disadvantageous to any Noteholder in the reasonable judgment of the Control Party. The Control Party may rely on an Officer’s Certificate to make such determination. The Issuer shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer) of any amendment of any Charter Document of any Securitization Entity.

65

Section 8.21    Investments.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, make, incur or suffer to exist any loan, advance, extension of credit or other investment in any other Person if such investment when made on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement, other than investments in (a) the Accounts, (b) any Franchisee promissory notes, (c) any other Securitization Entity or (d) the Non-Securitization Entities in connection with the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi).

Section 8.22    No Other Agreements.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into or be a party to any agreement or instrument (other than any Transaction Document, any Franchise Document, any other document expressly permitted by a Series Supplement or the Transaction Documents, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, any documents relating to the transactions described in the proviso to Section 8.24(a)(vi) or any documents or agreements incidental thereto) if such agreement when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

Section 8.23    Other Business.

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, engage in any business or enterprise or enter into any transaction, other than the incurrence and payment of ordinary course operating expenses, the issuing and selling of the Notes and other activities related to or incidental to any of the foregoing or any other transaction which when effected on behalf of any Securitization Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement.

Section 8.24    Maintenance of Separate Existence.

(a)    The Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, except as otherwise expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents:

(i)    maintain its own deposit and securities account or accounts, separate from those of any of its Affiliates (other than the other Securitization Entities, Take 5 Oil and Take 5) (such Affiliates, the “Non-Securitization Affiliates”), with commercial banking institutions and ensure that the funds of the Securitization Entities will not be diverted to any Person who is not a Securitization Entity or for other than the use of the Securitization Entities, nor will such funds be commingled with the funds of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates other than as provided in the Transaction Documents;

(ii)    ensure that all transactions between it and any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates, whether currently existing or hereafter entered into, shall be only on an arm’s length basis, it being understood and agreed that the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and the transactions described in the proviso to the following clause (vi) meet the requirements of this clause (ii);

(iii)    to the extent that it requires an office to conduct its business, (x) conduct its business from an office at a separate address from that of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates; provided that segregated offices in the same building shall constitute separate

66

addresses for purposes of this clause (iii); or (y) to the extent that it has a shared office with any Non-Securitization Affiliate, there shall be a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses;

(iv)    issue separate financial statements from all of its Non-Securitization Affiliates prepared at least quarterly and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(v)    conduct its affairs in its own name and in accordance with its Charter Documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary limited liability company or corporate formalities (as applicable), including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special meetings appropriate to authorize all of its actions, keeping separate and accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts;

(vi)    not assume or guarantee any of the liabilities of any of its Non-Securitization Affiliates; provided that the Securitization Entities may, pursuant to any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, cause letters of credit to be issued pursuant to the Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non-Securitization Entities if the Issuer receives a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such letter of credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such letter of credit plus 25 basis points per annum, it being understood that such fee is an arm’s length fair market fee;

(vii)    take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, all other actions that are necessary to be taken or not to be taken in order to (x) ensure that the assumptions and factual recitations set forth in the Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions remain true and correct in all material respects with respect to it and (y) comply in all material respects with those procedures described in such provisions which are applicable to it;

(viii)    maintain at least two Independent Managers on its board of managers or board of directors, as the case may be;

(ix)    to the fullest extent permitted by law, so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, remove or replace any Independent Manager only for Cause and only after providing the Trustee and the Control Party with at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of (A) any proposed removal of such Independent Manager and (B) the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Manager, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Manager set forth in its Charter Documents; and

(x)    (A) provide, or cause the Manager to provide, to the Trustee and the Control Party a copy of the executed agreement with respect to the appointment of any replacement Independent Manager and (B) provide, or cause the Manager to provide, to the Trustee, the Control Party and each Noteholder written notice of the identity and contact information for each Independent Manager on an annual basis and at any time such information changes.

(b)    The Issuer, on behalf of itself and each of the other Securitization Entities, confirms that the statements relating to the Issuer referenced in the opinion of ▇▇▇▇, Weiss, Rifkind, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ & ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ LLP regarding substantive consolidation matters delivered to the Trustee on each Series Closing Date are true and correct with respect to itself and each other Securitization Entity, and that the Issuer will, and will cause each other Securitization Entity to, comply with any covenants or obligations assumed to be complied with by it therein as if such covenants and obligations were set forth herein.

67

Section 8.25    Covenants Regarding the Securitization IP.

(a)    The Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, take or omit to take any action with respect to the maintenance, enforcement and defense of any SPV Franchising Entity’s rights in and to the Securitization IP that would constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement if such action were taken or omitted by the Manager on behalf of any Securitization Entity.

(b)    The Issuer will notify the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer in writing within fifteen (15) Business Days of the Issuer’s first knowing or having reason to know that any application or registration relating to any material Securitization IP (now or hereafter existing) may become abandoned or dedicated to the public domain, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO or any court but excluding office actions in the course of prosecution and any non-final determinations (other than in an adversarial proceeding) of the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO) regarding the validity or any Securitization Entity’s ownership of any material Securitization IP, its right to register the same, or to keep and maintain the same.

(c)    With respect to the Securitization IP, the Issuer (a) caused each SPV Franchising Entity (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor) to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (b) caused CARSTAR Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within fifteen (15) days after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, or (c) will cause Take 5 Franchisor to execute, deliver and file, within thirty (30) days after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto with respect to Trademarks, Exhibit D-2 hereto with respect to Patents and Exhibit D-3 hereto with respect to Copyrights, or otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Control Party, and any other instruments or documents as may be reasonably necessary or, in the Control Party’s opinion, desirable to perfect or protect the Trustee’s security interest granted under this Base Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights included in the Securitization IP in the United States and Canada.

(d)    If the Issuer or any Guarantor, either itself or through any agent, licensee or designee, files or otherwise acquires an application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright with the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, the Issuer or such Guarantor (i) shall give the Trustee and the Control Party written notice thereof and (ii) upon reasonable request of the Control Party, solely with respect to such applications filed in the United States and Canada, in a reasonable time after such filing (and in any event within ninety (90) days), shall execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all further action, that the Control Party may reasonably request in order to continue, perfect or protect the security interest granted hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in the United States or Canada, as applicable, including, without limitation, executing and delivering (x) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-1 hereto, (y) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-2 hereto and/or (z) the Supplemental Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E-3 hereto, as applicable.

(e)    In the event that any material Securitization IP is infringed upon, misappropriated or diluted by a third party in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the applicable SPV Franchising Entity upon becoming aware of such infringement, misappropriation or dilution shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party in writing. The applicable SPV Franchising Entity will take all reasonable and appropriate actions, at its expense, to

68

protect or enforce such Securitization IP, including, if reasonable, suing for infringement, misappropriation or dilution and seeking an injunction (including, if appropriate, temporary and/or preliminary injunctive relief) against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution, unless the failure to take such actions on behalf of the applicable SPV Franchising Entity by the Manager would not constitute a breach by the Manager of the Management Agreement; provided that if the applicable SPV Franchising Entity decides not to take any action with respect to an infringement, misappropriation or dilution that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such SPV Franchising Entity shall deliver written notice to the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Control Party setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for its decision not to act, and none of the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party will be required to take any actions on its behalf to protect or enforce the Securitization IP against such infringement, misappropriation or dilution; provided, further, that the Manager will be required to act if failure to do so would constitute a breach of the Managing Standard.

(f)    With respect to licenses of third-party Intellectual Property entered into after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date by the Securitization Entities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, to the Manager acting on behalf of the Securitization Entities, as applicable), the Securitization Entities (or the Manager on their behalf) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to include terms permitting the grant by the Securitization Entities of a security interest therein to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties and to allow the Manager (and any successor Manager) the right to use such Intellectual Property in the performance of its duties under the Management Agreement.

Section 8.26    Insurance.

The Issuer shall cause the Manager to list each Service Recipient as an “additional insured” or “loss payee” on any insurance maintained by the Manager for the benefit of such Service Recipient pursuant to the Management Agreement.

Section 8.27    Litigation.

If Parent is not then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall, on each Quarterly Payment Date, provide a written report to the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency that sets forth all outstanding litigation, arbitration or other proceedings against any Driven Brands Entity that would have been required to be disclosed in Parent’s annual reports, quarterly reports and other public filings which Parent would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if Parent were subject to such Sections.

Section 8.28    Environmental.

The Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly notify the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Trustee and each Rating Agency, in writing, upon receipt of any written notice pursuant to which any Service Recipient becomes aware from any source (including but not limited to a governmental entity) relating in any way to any possible material liability of any Service Recipient pursuant to any Environmental Law that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. In addition, other than exceptions to any of the following that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to:

(a)    (i) comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for any of their current operations or for any property owned, leased, or otherwise operated by any of them and obtain all Environmental Permits for any intended operations when such Environmental Permits are required and (iii) comply with all of their Environmental Permits; and

69

(b)    undertake all investigative and remedial action required by Environmental Laws with respect to any Materials of Environmental Concern present at, on, under, in or about any real property owned, leased or operated by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, or at any other location (including, without limitation, any location to which Materials of Environmental Concern have been sent for re-use or recycling or for treatment, storage or disposal) which could reasonably be expected to (i) give rise to liability of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates under any applicable Environmental Law or otherwise result in costs to the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, (ii) interfere with the Issuer’s or any of its Affiliates’ continued operations or (iii) impair the fair saleable value of any real property owned by the Issuer or any of its Affiliates.

Section 8.29    Derivatives Generally.

Without the prior written consent of the Control Party, the Issuer will not, and will not permit any other Securitization Entity to, enter into any derivative contract, swap, option, hedging contract, forward purchase contract or other similar agreement or instrument (other than forward purchase agreements entered into by the Issuer with third-party vendors on behalf of the Driven Securitization Brands in the ordinary course of business) if any such contract, agreement or instrument requires the Issuer to expend any financial resources to satisfy any payment obligations owed in connection therewith.

Section 8.30    Future Securitization Entities and Future Brands.

(a)    The Issuer, in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents, may form or cause to be formed Future Securitization Entities without the consent of the Control Party, at the election of the Manager, in respect of (i) company-owned locations (if any) and (ii) acquisitions of additional franchise brand subsidiaries (which may include international subsidiaries) in connection with Future Brands; provided that (x) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to Take 5 Properties any future Take 5 Company Locations and (y) the Manager (on behalf of the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco) shall be required to contribute to one or more Securitization Entities any franchise brand, in each case, that, in the good faith determination of the Manager in accordance with the Managing Standard, is intended to compete against any Driven Securitization Brand in the United States. At the time any Future Securitization Entity is created or acquired, or any Future Brand is contributed into any Future Securitization Entity or any other Securitization Entity, the definitions of “SPV Franchising Entities”, “Driven Securitization Brands” and “Securitization IP” shall be read to include such Future Securitization Entity and Future Brand, respectively.

(b)    Each Future Securitization Entity shall be a Delaware limited liability company or a Delaware corporation (so long as the use of such corporate form is reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party) and shall have adopted Charter Documents substantially similar to the Charter Documents of the Securitization Entities that are Delaware limited liability companies or Delaware corporations, as applicable, as in existence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. If the Issuer desires to create, incorporate, form or otherwise organize a Future Securitization Entity that does not comply with the immediately preceding sentence, the Issuer shall first obtain the prior written consent of the Control Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c)    The Issuer shall cause each Future Securitization Entity to promptly execute an assumption agreement in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (each, an “Assumption Agreement”) pursuant to which such Future Securitization Entity shall become jointly and severally obligated under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the other Guarantors.

70

(d)    Upon the execution and delivery of an Assumption Agreement as required in clause (c) above, any Future Securitization Entity party thereto will become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, will assume all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder.

(e)    After the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Issuer may restructure the ownership of the Securitization Entities or create new Securitization Entities so long as such entities remain Securitization Entities.

Section 8.31    Tax Lien Reserve Amount.

Upon receipt of any Tax Lien Reserve Amount by the Issuer or any Guarantor, the Issuer will remit such amount to a collateral deposit account established with and controlled by the Trustee in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for the obligation of the Securitization Entities to have the related asserted lien released; provided that the Tax Lien Reserve Amount may only be released from such account as follows: (a) if evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer is provided to the Trustee, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Controlling Class Representative indicating that the related tax lien has been released, such amount will be withdrawn and paid according to the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf); (b) all or a portion of such amount will be withdrawn and paid to the IRS on behalf of the Driven Brands Entities upon the written instructions of the Issuer (or the Manager on its behalf); or (c) after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or after the receipt by a Securitization Entity of notice that the IRS intends to execute on the related tax lien in respect of the assets of any Securitization Entity, all or a portion of such Tax Lien Reserve Amount may be withdrawn and paid to the IRS upon the written instructions of the Control Party (with notice of such payment to Parent).

Section 8.32    Bankruptcy Proceedings.

The Issuer shall, and shall cause each other Service Recipient to, promptly object to the institution of any bankruptcy proceeding against it and take all necessary or advisable steps to cause the dismissal of any such proceeding (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, timely filing an answer and any other appropriate pleading objecting to (i) the institution of any proceeding to have any Service Recipient, as the case may be, adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent or (ii) the filing of any petition seeking relief, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition or in respect of any Securitization Entity, as the case may be, under applicable bankruptcy law or any other applicable law).

Section 8.33    Take 5 Accounts.

(a)    Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall cause all cash revenues, credit card and debit card proceeds of the Take 5 Company Locations and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards (excluding Pass-Through Amounts) at Take 5 Company Locations, in each case to the extent not deposited directly into a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account, to promptly be deposited into a Take 5 Account.

(b)    Take 5 Properties (or the Manager on its behalf) shall, on each Business Day, cause all available funds in excess of $500,000 posted to Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts that are (x) not zero balance accounts which sweep daily into an account subject to an Account Control Agreement and (y) not subject to Account Control Agreements, to be remitted to a Take 5 Company Location Concentration Account or another Take 5 Account subject to an Account Control Agreement on such Business Day.

71

ARTICLE IX

REMEDIES

Section 9.1    Rapid Amortization Events.

The Notes will be subject to rapid amortization in whole and not in part following the occurrence of any of the following events as declared by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by written notice to the Issuer (with a copy to the Manager and the Trustee) (each, a “Rapid Amortization Event”); provided that a Rapid Amortization Event described in clause (d) will occur automatically without any declaration thereof by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative):

(a)    the failure to maintain a DSCR of at least 1.20:1.00 as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date;

(b)    the occurrence of a Manager Termination Event;

(c)    the occurrence of an Event of Default;

(d)    the Issuer has not repaid or refinanced any Series of Notes (or Class thereof) in full on or prior to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date relating to such Series of Notes or Class; or

(e)    Driven Brands System-Wide Sales as calculated on any Quarterly Calculation Date are less than $640,000,000; provided that such threshold may be decreased in connection with a Permitted Brand Disposition, subject to approval by the Control Party and receipt of a Rating Agency Confirmation.

Section 9.2    Events of Default.

If any one of the following events shall occur (each, an “Event of Default”):

(a)    the Issuer defaults in the payment of interest on any Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for two (2) Business Days (or, in the case of a failure to pay such interest when due resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission); provided that failure to pay any contingent interest on any Series of Notes on any Quarterly Payment Date (including on any Series Legal Final Maturity Date) will not be an Event of Default;

(b)    the Issuer (i) defaults in the payment of any principal of any Notes on the Series Legal Final Maturity Date for such Notes or as and when due in connection with any mandatory or optional prepayment or (ii) fails to make any other principal payments due from funds available in the Collection Account in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Weekly Allocation Date; provided that, in the case of a failure to pay principal under either clause (i) or (ii) resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, such default continues for a period of two (2) Business Days after the Trustee receives written notice or the Trustee has Actual Knowledge of such administrative error or omission; provided, further, that the failure to pay any Prepayment Consideration on any prepayment of principal made during any Rapid Amortization Period occurring prior to the related Series Anticipated Repayment Date will not be an Event of Default;

72

(c)    any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any of the covenants (other than those covered by clause (a) or clause (b) above) (including any covenant to pay any amount other than interest on or principal of the Notes when due in accordance with the Priority of Payments), or any of its representations or warranties contained in any Transaction Document to which it is a party proves to be incorrect in any material respect as of the date made or deemed to be made, and such default, failure or breach continues for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days (or, solely with respect to a failure to comply with (i) any obligation to deliver a notice, financial statement, report or other communication within the specified time frame set forth in the applicable Transaction Document, such failure continues for a period of five (5) consecutive Business Days after the specified time frame for delivery has elapsed or (ii) Section 8.7, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.23, 8.24, 8.25, 8.32, or 8.33 such failure continues for a period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days), in each case, following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient of such breach or failure and the default caused thereby or written notice to such Service Recipient by the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such default, breach or failure; provided that no Event of Default will occur pursuant to this clause (c) if, with respect to any such representation deemed to have been false in any material respect when made which can be remedied by making a payment of an Indemnification Amount, (i) the relevant Contributor or the Manager, as applicable, has paid the required Indemnification Amount in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and (ii) such Indemnification Amount has been deposited into the Collection Account;

(d)    the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to any Securitization Entity;

(e)    the Interest-Only DSCR as calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.10:1.00;

(f)    the SEC or other regulatory body having jurisdiction reaches a final determination that any Securitization Entity is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act or is under the “control” of a Person that is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act;

(g)    any of the Transaction Documents or any material portion thereof ceases to be in full force and effect or enforceable in accordance with its terms (other than in accordance with the express termination provisions thereof) or Parent or any Service Recipient so asserts in writing;

(h)    other than with respect to Collateral with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15,000,000, the Trustee ceases to have for any reason a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) in which perfection can be achieved under the UCC or other applicable law in the United States to the extent required by the Transaction Documents or any Service Recipient or any Affiliate thereof so asserts in writing;

(i)    any Service Recipient fails to perform or comply with any material provision of its organizational documents, or any Securitization Entity fails to comply with any provision of Section 8.24 or any affirmative covenant in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement relating to legal separateness of the Securitization Entity, which failure is reasonably likely to cause the contribution of the Collateral to such Securitization Entity pursuant to the Contribution Agreements to fail to constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to the Contribution Agreements or is reasonably likely to cause a court of competent jurisdiction to disregard the separate existence of such Securitization Entity relative to any Person other than another Securitization Entity and, in each case,

73

such failure continues for more than thirty (30) consecutive days following the earlier to occur of the Actual Knowledge of such Service Recipient or written notice to such Service Recipient from the Trustee, the Back-Up Manager or the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) of such failure;

(j)    a final non-appealable ruling has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the contribution of the Collateral (other than any immaterial Collateral and any Collateral that has been disposed of to the extent permitted or required under the Transaction Documents) pursuant to a Contribution Agreement does not constitute a “true contribution” or other absolute transfer of such Collateral pursuant to such agreement;

(k)    an outstanding final non-appealable judgment exceeding $5,000,000 (when aggregated with the amount of all other outstanding final non-appealable judgments) (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage) is rendered against any Securitization Entity, and either (i) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there is any period of thirty (30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, will not be in effect;

(l)    the failure of (i) Parent to own 100% of the Equity Interests of Funding Holdco or (ii) Funding Holdco to own 100% of the Equity Interests of the Issuer;

(m)    other than as permitted under the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the SPV Franchising Entities collectively fail to have good title to any material portion of the Securitization IP or the Service Recipients collectively fail to have good title in or to the Contributed Franchise Agreements or the New Franchise Agreements or any material portion of the assets required to operate the Securitization-Owned Locations and the Take 5 Company Locations;

(n)    (i) any Securitization Entity engages in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Pension Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” or failure to meet the “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Pension Plan and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iii) any Lien in an amount equal to at least $1,000,000 in favor of the PBGC or a Pension Plan arises on the assets of any Securitization Entity and is not discharged within thirty (30) days thereafter, (iv) a Reportable Event occurs with respect to, or proceedings commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee is appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, likely to result in the termination of such Single Employer Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) any Single Employer Plan terminates for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (vi) any Securitization Entity incurs, or in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party is likely to incur, any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency, Reorganization or termination of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vii) any other event or condition occurs or exists with respect to a Pension Plan or an Employee Benefit Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on any Securitization Entity; or

(o)    the IRS files notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to the assets of any Securitization Entity and such lien has not been released within sixty (60) days, unless (i) Parent has provided evidence that payment to satisfy the full amount of the asserted liability has been provided to the IRS, and the IRS has released such asserted lien within sixty (60) days of such payment, or (ii) such lien or the asserted liability is being contested in good faith and Parent has contributed to Funding Holdco funds in the amount necessary to satisfy the asserted liability (the “Tax Lien Reserve Amount”), which such funds are set aside and remitted to a collateral deposit account as provided in Section 8.31;

74

then (i) in the case of any event described in each clause above (except for clause (d) thereof) that has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and on behalf of the Noteholders, by written notice to the Issuer, will declare the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding to be immediately due and payable and, upon any such declaration, such Outstanding Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall become immediately due and payable or (ii) in the case of any event described in clause (d) above that has occurred and is continuing, the Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes Outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other amounts payable to the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties under the Indenture Documents, shall immediately and without further act become due and payable.

If any Securitization Entity obtains Actual Knowledge that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Securitization Entity shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Control Party. Promptly following the Trustee’s receipt of written notice hereunder of any Event of Default, the Trustee shall send a copy thereof to the Issuer, the Servicer, each Rating Agency, the Controlling Class Representative, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, each Noteholder and each other Secured Party.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration of maturity with respect to the Notes has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, as hereinafter provided in this Article IX, the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, if (i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (a) all overdue installments of interest and principal on the Notes (excluding principal amounts due solely as a result of the acceleration) and (b) all unpaid taxes, administrative expenses and other sums paid or advanced by the Trustee or the Servicer under the Transaction Documents and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and Advances of the Trustee and the Servicer, their agents and counsel, and any unreimbursed Advances (with interest thereon at the Advance Rate), Servicing Fees, Liquidation Fees or Workout Fees and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 9.7. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. Any Default or Event of Default described in clause (d) above and any acceleration resulting therefrom will not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Any other Default or Event of Default may be waived by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) by notice to the Trustee.

Section 9.3    Rights of the Control Party and Trustee upon Event of Default.

(a)    Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Series of Notes Outstanding when the same becomes due and payable, (ii) the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or (iii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Series of Notes Outstanding when due and payable, the Issuer will, to the extent of funds available, upon demand of the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall

75

be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Note Rate and any default rate, as applicable, and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

(b)    Proceedings To Collect Money. In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

(c)    Other Proceedings. If and whenever an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall take one or more of the following actions:

(i)    proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or in aid of the exercise of any power granted therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or by law, including any remedies of a secured party under applicable law;

(ii)    (A) direct the Issuer to exercise (and the Issuer agrees to exercise) all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against any party to any Collateral Document arising as a result of the occurrence of such Event of Default or otherwise, including the right or power to take any action to compel performance or observance by any such party of its obligations to the Issuer, and any right of the Issuer to take such action independent of such direction shall be suspended, and (B) if (x) the Issuer shall have failed, within ten (10) Business Days of receiving the direction of the Trustee (given at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)), to take commercially reasonable action to accomplish such directions of the Trustee, (y) the Issuer refuses to take such action or (z) the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) reasonably determines that such action must be taken immediately, take (or the Control Party on behalf of the Trustee shall take) such previously directed action (and any related action as permitted under the Indenture thereafter determined by the Trustee or the Control Party to be appropriate without the need under this provision or any other provision under the Indenture to direct the Issuer to take such action);

(iii)    institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of the Indenture or, to the extent applicable, any other Transaction Document with respect to the Collateral; provided that the Trustee will not be required to take title to any real property in connection with any foreclosure or other exercise of remedies hereunder or under such Transaction Documents and title to such property will instead be acquired in an entity designated and (unless owned by a third party) controlled by the Control Party; and/or

(iv)    sell all or a portion of the Collateral at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided that the Trustee shall not proceed with any such sale without the prior written consent of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), and the Trustee will provide notice to the Issuer and each Holder of Subordinated Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes of a proposed sale of the Collateral.

76

(d)    Sale of Collateral. In connection with any sale of the Collateral hereunder, under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (which may proceed separately and independently from the exercise of remedies under the Indenture) or under any judgment, order or decree in any judicial proceeding for the foreclosure or involving the enforcement of the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Document:

(i)    any of the Trustee, any Noteholder and/or any other Secured Party may bid for and purchase the property being sold, and upon compliance with the terms of the sale may hold, retain, possess and dispose of such property in its own absolute right without further accountability;

(ii)    the Trustee (at the direction of the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) may make and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed, ▇▇▇▇ of sale and instrument of assignment and transfer of the property sold;

(iii)    all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity or otherwise, of any Securitization Entity of, in and to the property so sold shall be divested; and such sale shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Securitization Entity and its successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming or who may claim the property sold or any part thereof from, through or under such Securitization Entity or its successors or assigns; and

(iv)    the receipt of the Trustee or of the officer thereof making such sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at such sale for his or their purchase money, and such purchaser or purchasers, and his or their assigns or personal representatives, shall not, after paying such purchase money and receiving such receipt of the Trustee or of such officer therefor, be obliged to see to the application of such purchase money or be in any way answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application thereof.

(e)    Application of Proceeds. Any amounts obtained by the Trustee or the Control Party on account of or as a result of the exercise by the Trustee or the Control Party of any right hereunder or under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be held by the Trustee as additional collateral for the repayment of the Obligations, shall be deposited into the Collection Account and shall be applied as provided in the priority set forth in the Priority of Payments; provided that, unless otherwise provided in this Article IX, with respect to any distribution to any Class of Notes, notwithstanding the provisions of Article V, such amounts shall be distributed sequentially in order of alphabetical (as opposed to alphanumerical) designation and pro rata among each Class of Notes of the same alphabetical designation based upon the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes of each such Class.

(f)    Additional Remedies. In addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter granted hereunder or under applicable law with respect to the Collateral, the Trustee shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC and similar laws as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.

(g)    Proceedings. The Trustee may maintain a Proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the Proceeding, and any such Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be in its own name as trustee. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

77

(h)    Power of Attorney. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer hereby grants to the Trustee an absolute and irrevocable power of attorney to sign, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any document which may be required by the USPTO, the USCO or the CIPO, any similar office or agency in each foreign country in which any Securitization IP is located, or any other Governmental Authority in order to effect an absolute assignment of all right, title and interest in or to any Securitization IP, and record the same.

Section 9.4    Waiver of Appraisal, Valuation, Stay and Right to Marshaling. To the extent it may lawfully do so, the Issuer for itself and for any Person who may claim through or under it hereby:

(a)    agrees that neither it nor any such Person will step up, plead, claim or in any manner whatsoever take advantage of any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or redemption laws, now or hereafter in force in any jurisdiction, which may delay, prevent or otherwise hinder (i) the performance, enforcement or foreclosure of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (ii) the sale of any of the Collateral or (iii) the putting of the purchaser or purchasers thereof into possession of such property immediately after the sale thereof;

(b)    waives all benefit or advantage of any such laws;

(c)    waives and releases all rights to have the Collateral marshaled upon any foreclosure, sale or other enforcement of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

(d)    consents and agrees that, subject to the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, all the Collateral may at any such sale be sold by the Trustee as an entirety or in such portions as the Trustee may (upon direction by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative)) determine.

Section 9.5    Limited Recourse.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, the liability of the Securitization Entities to the Noteholders and any other Secured Parties under or in relation to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document or otherwise, is limited in recourse to the Collateral. The Collateral having been applied in accordance with the terms hereof, none of the Noteholders or any other Secured Parties shall be entitled to take any further steps against any Securitization Entity to recover any sums due but still unpaid hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other agreements or documents described in this Section 9.5, all claims in respect of which shall be extinguished.

Section 9.6    Optional Preservation of the Collateral.

If the maturity of the Outstanding Notes of each Series has been accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 following an Event of Default, and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative), shall elect to maintain possession of such portion, if any, of the Collateral as the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) shall in its discretion determine.

Section 9.7    Waiver of Past Events.

Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of each Series of Notes Outstanding as provided in Section 9.2 and subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (at the direction of

78

the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Default or Event of Default described in any clause of Section 9.2 (except Section 9.2(d)) and its consequences; provided that, before any waiver may be effective, the Trustee and the Servicer must have received any reimbursement then due or payable in respect of unreimbursed Advances (including interest thereon) or any other amounts then due to the Servicer or the Trustee hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents; provided, further, that the Control Party shall provide written notice of any such waiver to each Rating Agency (with a copy to the Servicer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. A Default or an Event of Default described in Section 9.2(d) shall not be subject to waiver without the consent of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) and each Noteholder. Subject to Section 13.2, the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative), by notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer, may waive any existing Potential Rapid Amortization Event or any existing Rapid Amortization Event; provided that a Rapid Amortization Event pursuant to clause (d) of Section 9.1 relating to a particular Series of Notes (or Class thereof) shall not be permitted to be waived by any party unless each affected Noteholder has consented to such waiver.

Section 9.8    Control by the Control Party.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Control Party (subject to Section 11.4(e), at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding in respect of any enforcement of the Collateral, in respect of any enforcement of Liens on the Collateral or conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee and to direct the exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that:

(a)    such direction of time, method and place shall not be in conflict with any rule of law, the Servicing Standard or the Indenture;

(b)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) may take any other action deemed proper by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) that is not inconsistent with such direction (as the same may be modified by the Control Party (with the consent of the Controlling Class Representative)); and

(c)    such direction shall be in writing;

provided, further, that, subject to Section 10.1, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability unless it has received an indemnity for such liability as provided herein.

Section 9.9    Limitation on Suits.

Any other provision of the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, a Holder of Notes may pursue a remedy with respect to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document only if:

(a)    the Noteholder gives to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(b)    the Noteholders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all then Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative to pursue the remedy;

79

(c)    such Noteholder or Noteholders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative against any loss, liability or expense;

(d)    the Trustee does not comply with the request within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it;

(e)    during such sixty (60) day period, the Majority of Senior Noteholders do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request; and

(f)    the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) has consented to the pursuit of such remedy.

A Noteholder may not use the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.

Section 9.10    Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder of the Note.

Section 9.11    The Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel), the Noteholders and any other Secured Party (as applicable) allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property, and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder and each other Secured Party to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders or any other Secured Party, to pay the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.5 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money and other properties which any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder or any other Secured Party in any such proceeding.

80

Section 9.12    Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of any undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 9.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 9.9, the Control Party or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Series of Notes.

Section 9.13    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee, any Noteholder or any other Secured Party has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder or other Secured Party, then and in every such case the Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 9.14    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 9.15    Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any Holder of any Note or any other Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article IX or by law to the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party may be exercised from time to time to the extent not inconsistent with the Indenture, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Holders of Notes or any other Secured Party, as the case may be.

Section 9.16    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

81

ARTICLE X

THE TRUSTEE

Section 10.1    Duties of the Trustee.

(a)    If an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall (except in the case of the receipt of directions with respect to such matter from the Control Party in accordance with the terms of this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document in which event the Trustee’s sole responsibility will be to act or refrain from acting in accordance with such directions) exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction taken, or not taken, by it upon the deemed occurrence of an Event of Default, a Rapid Amortization Event, a Manager Termination Event or a Servicer Termination Event of which a Trust Officer has not received written notice; provided, further, that the Trustee will have no liability in connection with any action or inaction due to the acts or failure to act of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in connection with any Event of Default, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event, or for acting or refraining from acting due to any direction or lack of direction from the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative. The preceding sentence shall not have the effect of insulating the Trustee from liability arising out of the Trustee’s negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of the Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of the Indenture; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report, document, order or other instrument furnished by the Issuer under the Indenture.

(b)    Except during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or a Rapid Amortization Event of which the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge:

(i)    the Trustee undertakes to perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and no others, the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture or any other Transaction Document against the Trustee; and

(ii)    in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of the Indenture and any other applicable Transaction Document; provided that, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision of the Indenture are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine such certificates or opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of the Indenture and shall promptly notify the party of any non-conformity.

82

(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

(i)    this clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (a) of this Section 10.1;

(ii)    the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proven that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii)    the Trustee will not be liable in its individual capacity with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Control Party or the requisite Noteholders in accordance with this Base Indenture relating to the time, method and place for conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Base Indenture or any other circumstances in which such direction is required or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture; and

(iv)    the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default, Event of Default, Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Manager Termination Event, Potential Manager Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event or the commencement and continuation of a Cash Trapping Period until such time as the Trustee shall have Actual Knowledge or shall have received written notice thereof, and in the absence of such Actual Knowledge or receipt of such notice the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such event has occurred or is continuing.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, no provision of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or exercise of its rights or powers hereunder or thereunder, if it has reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate security or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it by the terms of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any risk, loss, liability or expense.

(e)    In the event that the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Registrar, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be obligated as soon as practicable upon Actual Knowledge thereof and receipt of appropriate records and information, if any, to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required.

(f)    Subject to Section 10.3, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents.

(g)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1.

(h)    The Trustee shall not be responsible (i) for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral, (ii) for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes negligence, bad faith or willful

83

misconduct on the part of the Trustee, (iii) for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, (iv) for the validity of the title of the Securitization Entities to the Collateral, (v) for insuring the Collateral or (vi) for the payment of Taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral, except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents by the Securitization Entities or Service Recipients.

(i)    The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the Indenture at the direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or the requisite percentage of Noteholders, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, under the Indenture.

(j)    The Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Base Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording, filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redeposition of any thereof; (ii) to see to any insurance; (iii) except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1(e), to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind; or (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates of the Manager, the Control Party, the Back-Up Manager or the Servicer delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture or any other Transaction Document believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(k)    The Trustee shall not be personally liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages arising out of, in connection with or as a result of the performance of its duties under the Indenture.

(l)    (i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.1, the Trustee shall make Debt Service Advances to the extent and in the manner set forth in Section 5.12(c) hereof; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Transaction Document to the contrary, the Trustee will not be responsible for advancing any principal on the Senior Notes, any make-whole prepayment consideration, any Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses, any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees, any Post-ARD Additional Interest or any reserve amounts or any interest or principal payable on, or any other amount due with respect to, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes.

(ii)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Debt Service Advance shall be required to be made hereunder by the Trustee if the Trustee determines such Debt Service Advance (including interest thereon) would, if made, constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance. The determination by the Trustee that it has made a Nonrecoverable Advance, or that any proposed Debt Service Advance, if made, would constitute a Nonrecoverable Advance, shall be made by the Trustee in its reasonable good faith judgment. The Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on the determination of the Servicer that an Advance is or would be a Nonrecoverable Advance. Any such determination will be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders. The Trustee may update or change its nonrecoverability determination at any time, and may decide that a requested Debt Service Advance or Collateral Protection Advance that was previously deemed to be a Nonrecoverable Advance shall have become recoverable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all outstanding Debt Service Advances and Collateral Protection Advances made by the Trustee and any accrued interest thereon will be paid strictly in accordance with the Priority of Payments, even if the Trustee determines that any such advance is a Nonrecoverable Advance after such Advance has been made.

84

(iii)    The Trustee shall be entitled to receive interest at the Advance Interest Rate accrued on the amount of each Debt Service Advance made thereby (with its own funds) for so long as such Debt Service Advance is outstanding. Such interest with respect to any Debt Service Advance made pursuant to this Section 10.1(l) shall be payable out of Collections in accordance with the Priority of Payments pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof and the other applicable provisions of the Transaction Documents.

Section 10.2    Rights of the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided by Section 10.1:

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting based upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, instrument, report, consent, order, document or other paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by or presented by the proper person.

(b)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c)    The Trustee may act through agents, custodians and nominees and shall not be liable for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such non-affiliated agent, custodian or nominee so long as such agent, custodian or nominee is appointed with due care; provided that the Trustee shall have received the consent of the Servicer prior to the appointment of any agent, custodian or nominee performing any material obligation of the Trustee hereunder.

(d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith and willful misconduct which it believes to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by the Indenture or the other applicable Transaction Documents.

(e)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or thereunder or in relation hereto or thereto, at the request, order or direction of the Servicer, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, any of the Noteholders or any other Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, unless the Trustee has been offered security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or direction.

(f)    Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all then Outstanding Notes. If the Trustee is so requested or determines in its own discretion to make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit, the Trustee shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Service Recipients, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost of the Issuer, and the Trustee shall incur no liability by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

85

(g)    The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Base Indenture shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall be not be liable in the absence of negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct for the performance of such act.

(h)    In accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act, to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain, verify and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the e-mail communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process.

(j)    The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God, earthquakes, fires, floods, wars, civil or military disturbances, sabotage, epidemics, riots, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents, labor disputes, acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances).

(k)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trust created hereby or the powers granted hereunder.

(l)    All rights of action and claims under this Base Indenture may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name or in its capacity as Trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payments to the Trustee provided for in Section 10.5, be distributed in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

(m)    The Trustee may request written direction from any applicable party any time the Indenture provides that the Trustee may be directed to act.

(n)    Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order.

(o)    Whenever in the administration of the Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee may, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, the Manager or the Servicer and shall incur no liability for its reliance thereon.

(p)    The Trustee shall not be responsible for the accuracy of the books or records of, or for any acts or omissions of, DTC, any transfer agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), Clearstream, Euroclear, any calculation agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity), or any agent appointed by it with due care or any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee itself acting in that capacity).

86

(q)    The Trustee and its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as an investment advisor, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, custodian or sub-custodian with respect to certain Eligible Investments, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Eligible Investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Eligible Investments. The Trustee does not guarantee the performance of any Eligible Investments.

(r)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to invest and reinvest any cash held in the absence of timely and specific written investment direction from the Servicer or the Issuer. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Trustee shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any investment prior to its stated maturity or the failure of the Servicer or the Issuer to provide timely written investment direction.

(s)    The Trustee shall have no obligation to calculate nor shall it be responsible or liable for any calculation of the DSCR, the Interest-Only DSCR, the New Series Pro Forma DSCR or the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

(t)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee, in each case, with respect to its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(u)    The Trustee shall be afforded, in each Transaction Document, all of the rights, powers, immunities and indemnities granted to it in this Base Indenture as if such rights, powers, immunities and indemnities were specifically set out in each such Transaction Document.

(v)    For any purpose under the Transaction Documents, the Trustee may conclusively assume without incurring liability therefor that no Notes are held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Manager or any Affiliate of any of them unless a Trust Officer has received written notice at the Corporate Trust Office that any Notes are so held by any of the Securitization Entities, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Manager or any Affiliate of any of them.

(w)    The Trustee shall not have any responsibility to make any inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation in respect of, the terms of an engagement of Independent Auditors by the Issuer (or the Manager on behalf of the Issuer) or the terms of any agreed upon procedures in respect of such engagement; provided that the Trustee shall be authorized, upon receipt of a Company Order directing the same, to execute any acknowledgment or other agreement with the Independent Auditors required for the Trustee to receive any of the reports or instructions provided herein, which acknowledgment or agreement may include, among other things, (i) acknowledgment that the Issuer had agreed that the procedures to be performed by the Independent Auditors are sufficient for the Issuer’s purposes, (ii) releases by the Trustee (on behalf of itself and the Holders) of claims against the Independent Auditors, and (iii) restrictions or prohibitions on the disclosure of information or documents provided to it by such firm of Independent Auditors (including to the Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Trustee be required to execute any agreement in respect of the Independent Auditors that the Trustee reasonably determines adversely affects it.

Section 10.3    Individual Rights of the Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Securitization Entities or any Affiliate of the Securitization Entities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

87

Section 10.4    Notice of Events of Default and Defaults.

If an Event of Default, a Default, a Rapid Amortization Event or a Potential Rapid Amortization Event occurs and is continuing and if the Trustee has Actual Knowledge thereof, or written notice of the existence thereof has been delivered to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, the Trustee shall promptly provide the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer, any Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency with notice of such Event of Default, Default, Rapid Amortization Event or Potential Rapid Amortization Event, to the extent that the Notes of such Series are Book-Entry Notes by telephone and facsimile and otherwise by first class mail.

Section 10.5    Compensation and Indemnity.

(a)    The Issuer shall promptly pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of the Indenture and services hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party as the Trustee and the Issuer shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the Priority of Payments). Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and outside counsel. The Issuer shall not be required to reimburse any expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default or Rapid Amortization Event occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code.

(b)    The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from and against any loss, liability, claim, expense (including taxes, other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee), damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of or in connection with (i) the activities of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee pursuant to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party and (ii) the security interest granted hereby, whether arising by virtue of any act or omission on the part of the Issuer or otherwise, including but not limited to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding, claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Servicer, the Control Party or any Noteholder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, the preservation of any of its rights to, or the realization upon, any of the Collateral, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Section 10.5(b); provided, however, that the Issuer shall not indemnify the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents if such acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions constitute willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence by the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee, as the case may be.

(c)    The provisions of this Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

88

Section 10.6    Replacement of the Trustee.

(a)    A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 10.6.

(b)    The Trustee may, after giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Issuer, the Noteholders, the Servicer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Controlling Class Representative, the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency, resign at any time from its office and be discharged from the trust hereby created; provided that no such resignation of the Trustee will be effective until a successor Trustee has assumed the obligations of the Trustee hereunder. The Control Party or the Issuer may remove the Trustee, or any Noteholder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee, if at any time:

(i)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 10.8;

(ii)    the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under the Bankruptcy Code;

(iii)    the Trustee fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due; or

(iv)    the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly, with the prior written consent of the Control Party, appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Majority of Controlling Class Members (with the prior written consent of the Control Party) may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

(c)    If a successor Trustee is not appointed and an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee is not delivered to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, at the direction of the Control Party, the retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(d)    If the Trustee after written request by the Servicer or any Noteholder fails to comply with Section 10.8, the Servicer or such Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Servicer and the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all of the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Document to which the Trustee is a party. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, so long as all sums owing to the retiring Trustee hereunder have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.6, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.5 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

(f)    No successor Trustee may accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor is qualified and eligible under this Base Indenture, a Rating Agency Notification has been provided and the Control Party has provided its consent with respect to such appointment.

89

Section 10.7    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

Subject to Section 10.8, if the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee, so long as (i) written notice of such consolidation, merger or conversion shall be provided to the Issuer, the Servicer, the Noteholders and the Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) the resulting or successor corporation is eligible to be a Trustee under Section 10.8.

Section 10.8    Eligibility Disqualification.

(a)    There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall (i) be a bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, (ii) be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, (iii) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition, (iv) be reasonably acceptable to the Servicer and (v) have a long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “BBB+” by Standard & Poor’s.

(b)    At any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy the eligibility requirements of Section 10.8(a), the Trustee shall resign immediately after written request to do so by the Issuer or by the Control Party at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 10.9    Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.

(a)    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power, upon notice to the Control Party, the Issuer and each Class A-1 Administrative Agent, and may execute and deliver all instruments, to appoint one or more Persons to act as co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, for all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties, such title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 10.9, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. Any co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 10.8 or shall be otherwise acceptable to the Servicer. No notice to the Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 10.6. No co-trustee shall be appointed without the consent of the Servicer and the Issuer unless such appointment is required as a matter of state law or to enable the Trustee to perform its functions hereunder.

(b)    Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

(i)    the Notes of each Series shall be authenticated and delivered solely by the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee;

(ii)    all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is

90

not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

(iii)    no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, and such appointment shall not, and shall not be deemed to, constitute any such trustee or co-trustee as an agent of the Trustee; and

(iv)    the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

(c)    Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Base Indenture and the conditions of this Article X. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement and any other Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party, specifically including every provision of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement, or any other Transaction Document which the Trustee is a party relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer and the Issuer.

(d)    Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or its attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement or any other Transaction Document on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

Section 10.10    Representations and Warranties of Trustee.

The Trustee represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Noteholders that:

(a)    the Trustee is a national banking association, organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States;

(b)    the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to authenticate the Notes, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Base Indenture, any Series Supplement issued concurrently with this Base Indenture and any such other Transaction Document and to authenticate the Notes;

(c)    this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee; and

91

(d)    the Trustee meets the requirements of eligibility as a trustee hereunder set forth in Section 10.8(a).

ARTICLE XI

CONTROLLING CLASS REPRESENTATIVE AND CONTROL PARTY

Section 11.1    Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    Within five (5) Business Days following the occurrence of a CCR Re-Election Event or Annual Election Date, the Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Controlling Class Members, in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto, through the Applicable Procedures of the applicable Clearing Agency with respect to Book-Entry Notes and to the registered address of any Holders of Definitive Notes and shall post a notice to the Trustee’s password-protected internet website at ▇▇▇.▇▇.▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇.▇▇▇ (together with a copy thereof to the Manager and the Issuer), announcing that there will be an election of a Controlling Class Representative and soliciting nominations for Controlling Class Representative (a “CCR Election Notice”). During any CCR Election Period or any communications with respect thereto, both the Trustee and the Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to rely on the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies for all Book-Entry Notes and the information contained in the Note Register from all Definitive Notes notices and communications.

(b)    Each Controlling Class Member will be allowed to nominate one CCR Candidate by submitting a nomination directly to the Trustee in writing in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto (a “CCR Nomination”) within the period specified in such notice, which will be thirty (30) Business Days after the date of the CCR Election Notice (such period, the “CCR Nomination Period”). Each Controlling Class Member submitting a CCR Nomination shall represent that as of a date not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the CCR Election Notice as determined by the Trustee, it was the Note Owner or Noteholder, as applicable, of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by it in the CCR Nomination; and (ii) the CCR Candidate that it has nominated pursuant to such CCR Nomination is either (A) a Controlling Class Member or (B) an Eligible Third-Party Candidate; provided that, for purposes of such nomination and determining the CCR Candidates pursuant to Section 11.1(c), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series.

(c)    Based upon the CCR Nominations that are received by the Trustee by the end of the CCR Nomination Period, (i) the Trustee shall notify the Manager, the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Members that no nominations have been received and that the election will not be held, (ii) the Trustee shall prepare and send to each applicable Controlling Class Member a ballot in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto (the “CCR Ballot”) naming the top three candidates based upon the highest aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of Controlling Class Members nominating such candidate (or, if fewer than three (3) candidates are nominated, the CCR Ballot will list all candidates), or (iii) in the event of a CCR Re-election Event or upon the occurrence of an Annual Election Date, if no CCR Nominations are received prior to the end of the CCR Nomination Period, the current Controlling Class Representative will remain the Controlling Class Representative and no further action will be taken with respect to such CCR Re-election Event or Annual Election Date. Each Controlling Class Member shall, in its sole discretion, indicate its vote for Controlling Class Representative by returning a completed CCR Ballot directly to the Trustee within ten (10) Business Days after the date of the CCR Ballot (a “CCR Election Period”). Each Controlling Class Member returning a completed CCR Ballot will also be required to confirm that, as of the date of the CCR Ballot (the “CCR Voting Record Date”), such Controlling Class Member was the owner or beneficial owner of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified by such Controlling Class Member in the CCR Ballot; provided

92

that, for purposes of such certification and the tabulation of votes pursuant to Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series.

(d)    At the end of the CCR Election Period, the Trustee will tabulate the votes; provided that, for purposes of such tabulation of votes pursuant to this Section 11.1(d), with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount shall be used in place of the Outstanding Principal Amount of such Series. If a CCR Candidate receives votes from Controlling Class Members holding beneficial interests in excess of 50% of the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class (or any beneficial interest therein) that are Outstanding as of the CCR Voting Record Date and with respect to which votes were submitted (which may be less than the Outstanding Principal Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class as of the CCR Voting Record Date), such CCR Candidate shall be appointed the Controlling Class Representative. Notes of the Controlling Class held by the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer will not be considered Outstanding for such voting purposes. If the CCR Election Period results in a tie, the Controlling Class Representative shall be the CCR Candidate chosen by the Manager from among the CCR Candidates with the highest votes. In the event that the foregoing procedures do not result in an election of a Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members that no Controlling Class Representative has been appointed. Until a Controlling Class Representative is elected or chosen pursuant to the terms set forth in this Article XI, (i) the Control Party shall exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative in accordance with the Servicing Standard and (ii) any deliverable or notice that is required to be provided to the Controlling Class Representative under a Transaction Document shall be delivered to the Control Party.

(e)    In the event that a Controlling Class Representative is elected or chosen pursuant to Section 11.1(d), the Trustee shall forward an acceptance letter in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto (a “CCR Acceptance Letter”) to such Controlling Class Representative. No Person shall be appointed Controlling Class Representative unless it executes such CCR Acceptance Letter within fifteen (15) Business Days of its receipt thereof, pursuant to which it shall (i) agree to act as the Controlling Class Representative, (ii) provide its name and contact information and permit such information to be shared with the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members and (iii) represent and warrant that it is either a Controlling Class Member or an Eligible Third-Party Candidate. Within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such CCR Acceptance Letter, the Trustee shall promptly forward copies thereof, or provide notice of the identity and contact information of the new Controlling Class Representative, to the Manager, the Securitization Entities, the Servicer, the Back-Up Manager, each Rating Agency and the Controlling Class Members.

(f)    Within two (2) Business Days of any other change in the name or address of the Controlling Class Representative of which the Trustee has received notice from the Controlling Class Representative or from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, as applicable, the Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder, the Issuer, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Servicer a notice setting forth the identity of the new Controlling Class Representative.

(g)    The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on, and will be fully protected in all actions taken or not taken by it with respect to, (i) the Applicable Procedures of the Clearing Agencies for delivery of the CCR Election Notices and the CCR Ballots to Note Owners of Notes of the Controlling Class and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Persons submitting CCR Nominations, CCR Ballots and CCR Acceptance Letters.

93

(h)    The Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) shall be entitled to rely on the identity of the Controlling Class Representative provided by the Trustee with respect to any obligation or right hereunder or under any other Transaction Document that the Servicer (in its capacity as Servicer and Control Party) may have to deliver information or otherwise communicate with the Controlling Class Representative or any of the Noteholders of the Controlling Class, with no liability to it for such reliance.

(i)    The Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to receive from the Trustee, upon request, any memoranda delivered to the Trustee by the Back-Up Manager pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement; provided that it shall have first executed a confidentiality agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Manager, and such confidentiality agreement remains in effect. Any such memoranda shall be deemed to contain confidential information.

Section 11.2    Resignation or Removal of the Controlling Class Representative. The Controlling Class Representative may at any time resign as such by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and to each Noteholder of the Controlling Class. As of any Record Date, a Majority of Controlling Class Members shall be entitled to remove any existing Controlling Class Representative by giving written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer and such existing Controlling Class Representative. No resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative shall be effective until a successor Controlling Class Representative has been appointed pursuant to Section 11.1 or until the end of the CCR Election Period following such resignation or removal; provided that any Controlling Class Representative that has been removed pursuant to this Section 11.2 may subsequently be nominated as a CCR Candidate and appointed as Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1; provided, further, that an existing Controlling Class Representative shall cease to be the Controlling Class Representative at the end of a CCR Election Period, even if no successor is re-elected pursuant to Section 11.1, unless such Controlling Class Representative is elected during such CCR Election Period (except that, in the event of a CCR Re-election Event or upon the occurrence of an Annual Election Date, if no CCR Nominations are received prior to the end of the CCR Nomination Period, the current Controlling Class Representative will remain the Controlling Class Representative and no further action will be taken with respect to such CCR Re-election Event or Annual Election Date). In addition to the foregoing, within two (2) Business Days of the selection, resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative, the Trustee shall notify the Servicer and the parties to this Base Indenture of such event.

Section 11.3    Expenses and Liabilities of the Controlling Class Representative.

(a)    The Controlling Class Representative shall have no liability to the Noteholders for any action taken, or for refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith pursuant to the Indenture or for errors in judgment; provided that the Controlling Class Representative shall not be protected against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under the Indenture. Each Noteholder acknowledges and agrees, by its acceptance of its Notes or interests therein, that (i) the Controlling Class Representative may have special relationships and interests that conflict with those of Noteholders of one or more Classes of Notes, or that conflict with other Noteholders, (ii) the Controlling Class Representative may act solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interest, (iii) the Controlling Class Representative does not have any duties to Noteholders other than the Controlling Class Members, (iv) the Controlling Class Representative may take actions that favor the interests of the Controlling Class Members over the interests of Noteholders of one or more other Classes of Notes, or that favor its own interests over those of other Noteholders or other Controlling Class Members, (v) the Controlling Class Representative shall not be deemed to have been grossly negligent or reckless, or to have acted in bad faith or engaged in willful misfeasance, by reason of its having acted solely in the interests of the Controlling Class Members or in its own interests, and (vi) the Controlling

94

Class Representative shall have no liability whatsoever for having so acted pursuant to clauses (i) through (v), and no Note Owner or Noteholder may take any action whatsoever against the Controlling Class Representative for having so acted or against any director, officer, employee, agent or principal thereof for having so acted.

(b)    Any and all expenses of the Controlling Class Representative for acting in its capacity as Controlling Class Representative shall be borne by the Controlling Class Members, pro rata according to their respective Outstanding Principal Amounts of Notes of the Controlling Class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim is made against the Controlling Class Representative in an action to which the Servicer and/or the Trustee are also named parties and, in the sole judgment of the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative had acted in good faith, without gross negligence or willful misconduct, with regard to the subject of such claim, the Servicer on behalf of the Trustee shall be required to assume the defense (with any costs incurred in connection therewith being deemed to be reimbursable as a Collateral Protection Advance) of any such claim against the Controlling Class Representative, so long as there is no potential for the Servicer or the Trustee to be an adverse party in the same action as regards the Controlling Class Representative.

Section 11.4    Control Party.

(a)    Pursuant to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the Control Party is authorized to consent to and implement, subject to the Servicing Standard, any Consent Request that does not require the consent of any Noteholder, including the Controlling Class Representative.

(b)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents, the consent or direction of the Controlling Class Representative, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request, form a Consent Recommendation and then promptly deliver such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative (if a Controlling Class Representative exists at such time). Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the Controlling Class Representative consents to a Consent Request, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Controlling Class Representative to obtain such consent. Notwithstanding anything in any Transaction Document to the contrary, if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within ten (10) Business Days following delivery of such Consent Request and the related Consent Recommendation to the Controlling Class Representative or if there is no Controlling Class Representative at such time (including, without limitation, following the resignation or removal of the Controlling Class Representative), the Control Party is authorized (but not required) to take action in response to such Consent Request in accordance with the Servicing Standard, whether or not the Indenture or any other Transaction Document indicates that the Control Party is required to act with the consent or at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to any specific matter relating to such Consent Request, other than with respect to the waiver of any Servicer Termination Events.

(c)    For any Consent Request that requires, pursuant to the terms of Section 13.2, the consent of any affected Noteholders or 100% of the Noteholders, the Control Party shall evaluate such Consent Request and shall formulate and present a Consent Recommendation to the Trustee, which shall forward such Consent Request and such Consent Recommendation to each Noteholder or each affected Noteholder, as applicable. Subject to Section 11.4(e) and except as provided in the following sentence, until the consent of each Noteholder that is required to consent to any such Consent Request has been obtained and the Control Party is provided with notice of such consents being obtained by the Trustee, the Control Party is not authorized to implement such Consent Request; provided that the Control Party shall work in good faith with the Trustee to identify and deliver to the Trustee for delivery by the Trustee to such Noteholders such additional information and Consent Recommendations as may be appropriate in accordance with the Servicing Standard to obtain such consent.

95

(d)    The Control Party shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer and the Controlling Class Representative if the Control Party determines, in accordance with the Servicing Standard, not to implement a Consent Request or has not received the requisite consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders, if applicable, to implement a Consent Request. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager, the Issuer and the Controlling Class Representative if the Trustee has not received the requisite consent of the required percentage of Noteholders to implement a Consent Request.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no advice, direction or objection from or by the Controlling Class Representative may (i) require or cause the Trustee or the Control Party to violate applicable law, the terms of this Indenture, the Notes, the Servicing Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, with respect to the Control Party, the Control Party’s obligation to act in accordance with the Servicing Standard, (ii) expose the Control Party or the Trustee, or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or partners, to any material claim, suit or liability, or (iii) materially expand the scope of the Servicer’s responsibilities under the Servicing Agreement or the Trustee’s responsibility under this Indenture, the Notes and the other Transaction Documents. The Trustee and the Control Party will not be required to follow any such advance, direction or objection. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Controlling Class Representative shall not be able to prevent the Control Party from transferring the ownership of all or any portion of the Collateral if any Advance by the Servicer has been outstanding for twelve (12) months (or longer) and the Control Party determines in accordance with the Servicing Standard that such transfer of ownership would be in the best interests of the Noteholders (taken as a whole).

(f)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Consent Request affecting the rights of the Noteholders of any Class A-1 Notes will also require the consent of the related Class A-1 Administrative Agent.

Section 11.5    Note Owner List.

(a)    To facilitate communication among Note Owners, the Manager, the Trustee, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative, a Note Owner may elect, but is not required, to notify the Trustee of its name, address and other contact information, which will be kept in a register maintained by the Trustee.

(b)    Any Note Owners holding beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes that wish to communicate with the other Note Owners with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes may request in writing that the Trustee deliver a notice or communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding. If such a request is made and is accompanied by (i) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L certifying that such Note Owners hold beneficial interests of not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes (each, a “Note Owner Certificate”) (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) and (ii) a copy of the communication which such Note Owners propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Note Owners for its costs and expenses, shall, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of the request, transmit the requested communication to the other Note Owners through the Applicable Procedures of each Clearing Agency with respect to all Series of Notes Outstanding and give the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative notice that such request and transmission has been made. The Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever with respect to any requested communication other than to transmit it in accordance with and subject to the terms hereof and to give notice of such request and transmission to the Issuer, the Servicer and the Controlling Class Representative.

96

ARTICLE XII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 12.1    Termination of the Issuer’s and Guarantors’ Obligations.

(a)    Satisfaction and Discharge. The Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect when all Outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes which have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, the Issuer has paid all sums payable hereunder and under each other Transaction Document, all commitments to extend credit under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated and all payments by the Issuer thereunder have been paid or otherwise provided for; except that (i) the Issuer’s obligations under Section 10.5 and the Guarantors’ guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Sections 12.2 and 12.3 and (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, will execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of, and discharge under, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(b)    Indenture Defeasance. The Issuer may terminate all of its obligations under the Indenture and all obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in respect thereof and release all Collateral so long as:

(i)    the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, if any, and interest on the Outstanding Notes (including additional interest that accrues after an anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture, the Servicing Agreement and each other Transaction Document; provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes and such other sums;

(ii)    all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements have been terminated on or before the date of such deposit;

(iii)    the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to Noteholders not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of such deposit, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of such deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv)    the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit; and

97

(v)    an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer by the Issuer to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect; except that (i) the rights and obligations of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, the Trustee’s rights to compensation and indemnity under Section 10.5, and the Guarantor’s guaranty thereof, (ii) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (iii) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13, (iv) this Section 12.1(b) and (v) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a) shall survive. The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(c)    Series Defeasance. Except as may be provided to the contrary in any Series Supplement, the Issuer, solely in connection with an optional prepayment in full, a mandatory prepayment in full or a redemption in full of all Outstanding Notes of a particular Series (the “Defeased Series”) or in connection with the Series Legal Final Maturity Date of a particular Series of Notes, may terminate all Series Obligations with respect to such Series of Notes and all Obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in respect of such Series of Notes as of any Business Day (the “Series Defeasance Date”) so long as:

(i)    the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, or with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Control Party, the Trustee and the Issuer, U.S. Dollars and/or Government Securities in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay without duplication:

(1)    all principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration, commitment fees, administrative expenses, Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts, interest on the Outstanding Notes of such Series (including additional interest that accrues after the anticipated repayment date or renewal date, if applicable) any other Series Obligations that will be due and payable by the Issuer solely with respect to the Defeased Series as of the applicable prepayment date, redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity Date, as applicable, and to pay all other sums payable by them under this Base Indenture and each other Transaction Document with respect to the Defeased Series;

(2)    all Weekly Management Fees, Supplemental Management Fees, unreimbursed Advances (and outstanding interest thereon) and Manager Advances (and outstanding interest thereon), all fees, indemnities, reimbursements and expenses due to the Trustee, the Manager, the Servicer and the Back-Up Manager, and all Successor Manager Transition Expenses and Successor Servicer Transition Expenses, in each case that will be due and payable as of the following Quarterly Calculation Date; and

(3)    all Securitization Operating Expenses, all Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses for the Defeased Series, all Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amounts for the Defeased Series, in each case, that are due and unpaid as of the Series Defeasance Date to the Actual Knowledge of the Manager;

provided that any Government Securities shall provide for the scheduled payment of all principal and interest thereon not later than the Business Day prior to the applicable prepayment date,

98

redemption date or Series Legal Final Maturity of the Defeased Series, as the case may be; and the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Issuer to apply such funds to the payment of principal, premiums, make-whole prepayment consideration and interest with respect to the Notes of such Series and such other sums;

(ii)    all commitments under all Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreements with respect to the Defeased Series shall have been terminated on or before the Series Defeasance Date;

(iii)    the Issuer delivers notice of prepayment, redemption or maturity of such Series of Notes in full to the Noteholders of the Defeased Series, the Manager, the Trustee, the Control Party, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency not more than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Series Defeasance Date, and such notice is expressly stated to be, or as of the date of the deposit has become, irrevocable;

(iv)    after giving effect to the deposit, if any other Series of Notes is Outstanding, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer stating that no Potential Rapid Amortization Event, Rapid Amortization Event, Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(v)    the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the defeasance was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the holders of the Defeased Series over other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding other creditors;

(vi)    the Issuer delivers notice of such deposit to the Control Party, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and each Rating Agency on or before the date of the deposit;

(vii)    such defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any other Indenture Document;

(viii)    the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to each Series of Notes Outstanding, if any, other than the Defeased Series; and

(ix)    the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such termination have been satisfied.

Upon satisfaction of such conditions, the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect with respect to such Defeased Series, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and been discharged from their Series Obligations with respect to such Defeased Series and thereafter such Defeased Series shall be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for purposes of (1) the Trustee’s and the Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 12.2 and Section 12.3, (2) the Noteholders’ and the Trustee’s obligations under Section 14.13 and (3) the Noteholders’ rights to registration of transfer and exchange under Section 2.8 and to replacement or substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.10(a). The Trustee, on demand of the Securitization Entities, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under the Indenture and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement of such Series Obligations.

(d)    After the conditions set forth in Section 12.1(a) have been met, or after the irrevocable deposit is made pursuant to Section 12.1(b) and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth therein have been met, the Trustee upon request of the Securitization Entities shall reassign (without recourse upon, or any warranty whatsoever by, the Trustee) and deliver all Collateral and documents then in the custody or possession of the Trustee promptly to the applicable Securitization Entities.

99

Section 12.2    Application of Trust Money.

The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Servicer, the Trustee and the Issuer shall hold in trust money or Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to Section 12.1. The Trustee shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Securities through the Paying Agent in accordance with this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the other sums referred to above. The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.3    Repayment to the Issuer.

(a)    The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuer upon written request any excess money or, pursuant to Sections 2.10 and 2.14, return any cancelled Notes held by them at any time.

(b)    Subject to Section 2.6(c), the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become due.

(c)    The provisions of this Section 12.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Indenture.

Section 12.4    Reinstatement.

If the Trustee is unable to apply any funds received under this Article XII by reason of any proceeding, order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture and the other Indenture Documents and in respect of the Notes and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred, until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such funds or property in accordance with this Article XII. If the Issuer or Guarantors make any payment of principal, premium or interest on any Notes or any other sums under the Indenture Documents while such obligations have been reinstated, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders or Note Owners or other Secured Parties who received such funds or property from the Trustee to receive such payment in respect of the Notes.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1    Without Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)    Without the consent of any Noteholder, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative or any other Secured Party, the Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more Supplements hereto (or, in the case of clause (viii) below, amend, modify or supplement any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i)    to create a new Series of Notes in accordance with Section 2.2(b);

(ii)    to add to the covenants of the Securitization Entities for the benefit of any Noteholders or any other Secured Parties (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of

100

less than all Series of Notes, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such Series) or to surrender for the benefit of the Noteholders and the other Secured Parties any right or power herein conferred upon the Securitization Entities; provided that the Issuer will not, pursuant to this Section 13.1(a)(ii), surrender any right or power it has under the Transaction Documents;

(iii)    to mortgage, pledge, convey, assign and transfer to the Trustee any property or assets as security for the Obligations;

(iv)    to correct any manifest error or defect or to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provisions herein or in any Series Supplement which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or therein or with any related offering memorandum;

(v)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes;

(vi)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder or thereunder by more than one Trustee;

(vii)    to correct or supplement any provision in this Base Indenture that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(viii)    to correct or supplement any provision in any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party that may be inconsistent with any other provision or to make consistent any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Base Indenture, any Supplement, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party;

(ix)    to comply with Requirements of Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(x)    to facilitate the transfer of Notes in accordance with applicable Law (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel);

(xi)    to take any action necessary or helpful to avoid the imposition, under and in accordance with applicable law, of any Tax, including withholding Tax;

(xii)    to add provisions in respect of hedging and enhancement mechanics, including the addition of swap and hedge counterparties as Secured Parties under the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents, the payment of hedge and enhancement payments (other than termination payments) on a pari passu basis with interest on the Senior Notes and the payment of hedge termination and other amounts due to swap and hedge counterparties prior to the payment of unpaid premiums and make-whole prepayment consideration;

(xiii)    to take any action necessary and appropriate to facilitate the origination of Franchise Documents or the management and preservation of the Franchise Documents, in each case, in accordance with the Managing Standard; or

101

(xiv)    to provide for mechanical provisions in respect of the issuance of Subordinated Notes;

provided that, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee and the Servicer, such action could not reasonably be expected to adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder, any Note Owner, the Trustee, the Servicer or any other Secured Party.

(b)    Upon the request of the Issuer and receipt by the Control Party and the Trustee of the documents described in Section 2.2 and delivery by the Control Party of its consent thereto to the extent required by Section 2.2, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any Series Supplement authorized or permitted by the terms of this Base Indenture and shall make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such Series Supplement which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Base Indenture or otherwise.

Section 13.2    With Consent of the Controlling Class Representative or the Noteholders.

(a)    In addition to any amendments, modifications and waivers permitted under Section 13.1, the provisions of this Base Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, any Supplement and any other Indenture Document to which the Trustee is a party (unless otherwise provided in such Supplement) may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing in a Supplement and consented to in writing by the Control Party (at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

(i)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would reduce the percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount or the Outstanding Principal Amount of any Series of Notes, the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any Supplement under this Section 13.2 or the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with the provisions of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or defaults hereunder or thereunder and their consequences provided for herein and therein or for any other action hereunder or thereunder, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder;

(ii)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents with respect to any material portion of the Collateral (except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents), terminate the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents on any material portion of the Collateral at any time subject thereto or deprive any Secured Party of any material portion of the security provided by the Lien created by the Indenture, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or any other Transaction Documents shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party;

(iii)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would (A) extend the due date for, or reduce the amount of any scheduled repayment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other Obligations (or reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or rate of interest on any Note or any other Obligations); (B) affect adversely the interests, rights or obligations of any Noteholder individually in comparison to any other Noteholder; (C) change the provisions of the Priority of Payments; (D) change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Notes and the other Obligations or the interest thereon is payable; (E) impair the right to institute suit

102

for the enforcement of the provisions of the Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes and the other Obligations owing to Noteholders on or after the respective due dates thereof, (F) subject to the ability of the Control Party (acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative) to waive certain events as set forth in Section 9.7, amend or otherwise modify any of the specific language of the following definitions: “Default”, “Event of Default”, “Outstanding”, “Potential Rapid Amortization Event” or “Rapid Amortization Event” (as defined in this Base Indenture or any applicable Series Supplement) or (G) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 13.2, in each case, shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder and each other affected Secured Party; and

(iv)    any such amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to this Section 13.2 that would change the time periods with respect to any requirement to deliver to Noteholders notice with respect to any repayment, prepayment or redemption shall require the consent of each affected Noteholder.

(b)    No failure or delay on the part of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Secured Party in exercising any power or right under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

(c)    The express requirement, in any provision hereof, that the Rating Agency Condition be satisfied as a condition to the taking of a specified action shall not be amended, modified or waived by the parties hereto without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition.

Section 13.3    Supplements.

Each amendment or other modification to the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be set forth in a Supplement, a copy of which shall be delivered to each Rating Agency, the Control Party, the Controlling Class Representative, the Manager, the Back-Up Manager and the Issuer. The Issuer shall provide written notice to each Rating Agency of any amendment or modification to the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement no less than ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of the related Supplement; provided that such Supplement need not be in final form at the time such notice is given. The initial effectiveness of each Supplement shall be subject to the delivery to the Control Party and the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and the conditions precedent set forth herein with respect thereto have been satisfied. In addition to the manner provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.2, each Series Supplement may be amended as provided in such Series Supplement.

Section 13.4    Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Noteholder and every subsequent Noteholder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. An amendment or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Noteholder. The Issuer may fix a record date for determining which Noteholders must consent to such amendment or waiver.

103

Section 13.5    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer, in exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment or waiver.

Section 13.6    The Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any Supplement authorized pursuant to this Article XIII if the Supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing such Supplement, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and, subject to Section 10.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Base Indenture and that all conditions precedent have been satisfied, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

Section 13.7    Amendments and Fees.

The Issuer, the Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall negotiate any amendments, waivers or modifications to the Indenture or the other Transaction Documents that require the consent of the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in good faith, and any consent required to be given by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative shall not be unreasonably denied or delayed. The Control Party and the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Issuer only for the reasonable counsel fees incurred by the Control Party or the Controlling Class Representative in reviewing and approving any amendment or in providing any consents, and, except as provided in the Servicing Agreement, neither the Control Party nor the Controlling Class Representative shall be entitled to any additional compensation in connection with any amendments or consents to this Base Indenture or to any Transaction Document.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1    Notices.

(a)    Any notice or communication by the Issuer, the Manager or the Trustee to any other party hereto shall be in writing and delivered in person, delivered by e-mail (provided that any e-mail notice to the Trustee shall be in the form of an attachment of a .pdf or similar file), posted on a password protected internet website for which the recipient has granted access or mailed by first-class

104

mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to such other party’s address:

If to the Issuer:

Driven Brands Funding, LLC

▇▇▇ ▇. ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇

▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

If to the Issuer with a copy to:

▇▇▇▇, Weiss, Rifkind, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ & ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ LLP

▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇ ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇

▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

If to the Manager:

Driven Brands, Inc.

▇▇▇ ▇. ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇

▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

If to the Manager with a copy to:

▇▇▇▇, Weiss, Rifkind, ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ & ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ LLP

▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇ ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇

▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

Attention: Jordan Yarett

Facsimile: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

105

If to the Back-Up Manager:

FTI Consulting, Inc.

▇ ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇

▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇

Attention: ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇. ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇

Facsimile: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

If to the Servicer:

Midland Loan Services,

a division of PNC Bank, National Association

▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇

▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇

▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇

Attention: President

Facsimile: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇

If to the Trustee:

Citibank, N.A.

▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇

▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇, ▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇

Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands

Phone: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇ (to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s e-mail)

If to any Rating Agency:

To the address set forth in the applicable Series Supplement

(b)    The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to each other party may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications; provided that the Issuer may not at any time designate more than a total of three (3) addresses to which notices must be sent in order to be effective.

(c)    Any notice (i) given in person shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice, (ii) given by first-class mail shall be deemed given five (5) days after the date that such notice is mailed, (iii) delivered by facsimile shall be deemed given on the date of delivery of such notice, (iv) delivered by overnight air courier shall be deemed delivered one (1) Business Day after the date that such notice is delivered to such overnight courier, (v) when posted on a password-protected internet website shall be deemed delivered after notice of such posting has been provided to the recipient and (vi) delivered by e-mail shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such notice.

(d)    Notwithstanding any provisions of the Indenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no liability based upon or arising from the failure to receive any notice required by or relating to the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document.

(e)    If the Issuer delivers a notice or communication to Noteholders, it shall deliver a copy to the Back-Up Manager, the Servicer, the Controlling Class Representative and the Trustee at the same time.

106

(f)    Where the Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if sent in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Noteholder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed (if any) for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to a Noteholder is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. Where the Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. In the case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made that is satisfactory to the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

(g)    Notwithstanding any other provision herein, for so long as Driven Brands, Inc. is the Manager, any notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information required to be delivered by the Manager to the Issuer, or by the Issuer to the Manager, shall be deemed to have been delivered to both the Issuer and the Manager if the Manager has prepared or is otherwise in possession of such notice, communication, certificate, report, statement or other information, and in no event shall the Manager or the Issuer be in breach of any delivery requirements hereunder for constructive delivery pursuant to this Section 14.1(g).

Section 14.2    Communication by Noteholders With Other Noteholders.

Noteholders may communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under the Indenture or the Notes.

Section 14.3    Officer’s Certificate as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee to take any action under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, the Issuer to the extent requested by the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee shall furnish to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer and the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Controlling Class Representative, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.4), stating that all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in the Indenture or such other Transaction Documents relating to the proposed action have been complied with and (b) an Opinion of Counsel confirming the same. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.

Section 14.4    Statements Required in Certificate.

Each certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in the Indenture or any other Transaction Document shall include:

(a)    a statement that the Person giving such certificate has read such covenant or condition;

(b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements contained in such certificate are based;

107

(c)    a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to reach an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d)    a statement as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.5    Rules by the Trustee.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Noteholders.

Section 14.6    Benefits of Indenture.

Except as set forth in a Series Supplement, nothing in this Base Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders and the other Secured Parties, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture.

Section 14.7    Payment on Business Day.

In any case where any Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any), as the case may be, need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date; provided, however, that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Quarterly Payment Date, redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be.

Section 14.8    Governing Law.

THIS BASE INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES (OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

Section 14.9    Successors.

All agreements of the Issuer in the Indenture, the Notes and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party shall bind its successors and assigns; provided, however, that the Issuer may not assign its obligations or rights under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, except with the written consent of the Servicer. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 14.10    Severability.

In case any provision in the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 14.11    Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Base Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

108

Section 14.12    Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of the Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 14.13    No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Securitization Entities.

Each of the Noteholders, the Trustee and the other Secured Parties hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing Note, it will not institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Entity any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings, under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 14.13 shall constitute a waiver of any right to indemnification, reimbursement or other payment from the Securitization Entities pursuant to the Indenture or any other Transaction Document. In the event that any such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee takes action in violation of this Section 14.13, each affected Securitization Entity shall file or cause to be filed an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contesting the filing of such a petition by any such Noteholder or Secured Party or the Trustee against such Securitization Entity or the commencement of such action and raising the defense that such Noteholder or other Secured Party or the Trustee has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be estopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as its counsel advises that it may assert. The provisions of this Section 14.13 shall survive the termination of the Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Nothing contained herein shall preclude participation by any Noteholder or any other Secured Party or the Trustee in the assertion or defense of its claims in any such proceeding involving any Securitization Entity.

Section 14.14    Recording of Indenture.

If the Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense.

Section 14.15    Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS BASE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY.

Section 14.16    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers.

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)    submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to the Indenture and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

109

(c)    agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Issuer or the Trustee, as the case may be, at its address set forth in Section 14.1 or at such other address of which the Trustee shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d)    agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to ▇▇▇ in any other jurisdiction; and

(e)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 14.16 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

Section 14.17    Calculation of Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and Senior Leverage Ratio.

(a)    Driven Brands Leverage Ratio.

(i)    In the event that the Driven Brands Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Manager may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii)    For purposes of making the computation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA used therein), investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations that any of the Driven Brands Entities has either determined to make or made during the preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods or subsequent to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods and on or prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio is made (each, for purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, a “pro forma event”) shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or

110

initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Driven Brands Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

(b)    Senior Leverage Ratio.

(i)    In the event that the Securitization Entities incur, repay, repurchase or redeem any Senior Notes subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Senior Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Senior Leverage Ratio is made, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Senior Notes, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods (including in the case of any incurrence or issuance, a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom); provided that the Manager may elect pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Senior Notes as being incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent incurrence of Senior Notes under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an incurrence at such subsequent time.

(ii)    For purposes of making the computation of the Senior Leverage Ratio (including, without limitation, the calculation of Net Cash Flow used therein), any pro forma event shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such investments, acquisitions, dispositions, refranchising transactions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations, operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change in Net Cash Flow resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Securitization Entity since the beginning of such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods shall have made any investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.17, then the Senior Leverage Ratio shall, at the discretion of the Manager, be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such investment, acquisition, disposition, refranchising transaction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

(c)    Calculations to be Made in Good Faith. For purposes of the calculations described in this Section 14.17, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Manager. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Manager as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (with respect to which the Trustee shall have no obligation of any nature whatsoever) to reflect (1) excess owner compensation, reasonably estimated or actual cost savings, operating improvements, synergies, integration costs and expenses and other pro forma adjustments, in each case reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event, and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in the definition thereof, to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such preceding four Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

111

Section 14.18    Permitted Asset Dispositions and Permitted Brand Dispositions; Release of Collateral.

After consummation of any Permitted Asset Disposition or any Permitted Brand Disposition, all Liens with respect to such property created in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties under this Base Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall be automatically released, and, upon written request of the Issuer, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Control Party, shall execute and deliver to the Securitization Entities any and all documentation reasonably requested and prepared by the Securitization Entities at their expense to effect or evidence the release by the Trustee of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the property disposed of in connection with such Permitted Asset Disposition or Permitted Brand Disposition.

Section 14.19    Amendment and Restatement.

The execution and delivery of this Base Indenture shall constitute an amendment, replacement and restatement, but not a novation, of the obligations and liabilities under the Original Base Indenture. All Liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments and security interests securing the Original Base Indenture and the obligations relating thereto are hereby ratified, confirmed, renewed, extended, brought forward and rearranged as security for the Obligations, shall continue without any diminution thereof and shall remain in full force and effect on and after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date. The Issuer hereby reaffirms all financing statements and amendments thereof filed and all other filings and recordations made in respect of the Collateral and the Liens and security interests granted under the Original Base Indenture and this Base Indenture and acknowledge that all such filings and recordations were and remain authorized and effective.

[Signature Pages Follow]

112

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary have caused this Base Indenture to be duly executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the day and year first written above.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DRIVEN – BASE INDENTURE]

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DRIVEN – BASE INDENTURE]

CONSENT OF CONTROL PARTY AND SERVICER:

Midland Loan Services, a division of PNC Bank, National Association, as Control Party and as Servicer, hereby consents to the execution and delivery by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securities Intermediary of the foregoing Amended and Restated Base Indenture.

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Base Indenture

ANNEX A

BASE INDENTURE DEFINITIONS LIST

“1-800-Radiator Brand” means the 1-800-Radiator & A/C^® name and 1-800-Radiator & A/C Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“1-800-Radiator Franchisor” means 1-800-Radiator Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

“2015 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of July 31, 2015, including, without limitation, the contribution to the applicable Securitization Entities of the applicable Contributed Assets and the proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

“2016 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to CARSTAR Franchisor of the applicable Contributed Assets and the proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

“2018 Securitization Transaction” means transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents effective as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, including, without limitation, the contribution to Take 5 Franchisor, Take 5 Properties and SPV Product Sales Holder of the applicable Contributed Assets and the proceeds thereof in the manner provided in the applicable Transaction Documents.

“Account Agreement” means each agreement governing the establishment and maintenance of any Management Account or any other Base Indenture Account or Series Account to the extent that any such account is not held at the Trustee.

“Account Control Agreement” means each control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Servicer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Trustee is granted the right to control deposits and withdrawals from, or otherwise to give instructions or entitlement orders in respect of, a deposit and/or securities account and any lock-box related thereto.

“Accounts” means, collectively, the Indenture Trust Accounts, the Management Accounts and any other account subject to an Account Control Agreement.

“Actual Knowledge” means the actual knowledge of (i) in the case of Parent, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, or the Chief Marketing Officer; (ii) in the case of any Securitization Entity, any manager or director (as applicable) or officer of such Securitization Entity who is also an officer of Parent described in clause (i) above; (iii) in the case of the Manager or any Securitization Entity with respect to a relevant matter or event, an Authorized Officer of the Manager or such Securitization Entity, as applicable, directly responsible for managing the relevant asset or for administering the transactions relevant to such matter or event; (iv) with respect to the Trustee, an Authorized Officer of the Trustee responsible for administering the transactions relevant to the applicable matter or event; or (v) with respect to any other Person, any member of senior management of such Person.

“Additional Management Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Additional Notes” means any Series of Notes issued by the Issuer after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period (a) plus, without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense; (ii) federal, state, local and foreign taxes based on income, profits or capital, including franchise, excise, withholding or similar taxes; (iii) other non-operating expenses; (iv) losses attributable to asset dispositions; (v) losses attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (vi) impairment losses on assets (including intangible assets and goodwill); (vii) depreciation and amortization expense; (viii) costs, expenses or charges incurred in connection with the issuance of Equity Interests, any recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful); (ix) costs, expenses or charges incurred for any acquisition, disposition, refranchising transactions, discontinued operations, reorganization, restructuring and realignment initiatives (in each case, whether or not successful); (x) non-cash stock based compensation expense; (xi) management fees to Sponsor or its affiliates; (xii) board of directors fees and expenses; (xiii) severance, relocation, retention, signing, recruiting and similar expenses, (xiv) closed store expenses and lease buy-out expenses, (xv) proceeds from insurance in respect of liability or casualty events or business interruption and (xvi) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash expenses or items, and (b) minus, without duplication, the following to the extent added in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, (i) gains attributable to asset dispositions; (ii) gains attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Swap Contracts; (iii) other non-operating income; and (iv) other extraordinary, nonrecurring or non-cash items; provided, however, that, with respect to the Securitization Entities, the Manager, in accordance with the Managing Standard, may amend the definition of “Adjusted EBITDA” after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date with the consent of the Control Party.

“Advance” means a Collateral Protection Advance or a Debt Service Advance.

“Advance Interest Rate” means a rate equal to the sum of (i) Prime Rate plus (ii) 3.00% per annum.

“Advertising Co-op Funds” means Advertising Fees related to national and/or local cooperative advertising funds administered by an unaffiliated third party designee of Parent (which shall include, without limitation, local advertising cooperatives and cooperatives established by international franchise associations).

“Advertising Fees” means any fees payable by Franchisees to fund existing or future local, regional or national marketing and advertising activities for the applicable Driven Securitization Brands (including, without limitation, any initial advertising deposits).

“Advertising Fund Accounts” means the seven (7) accounts maintained by the Manager for advertising payments in respect of the Meineke Brand, Maaco Brand, Econo Lube Brand, Merlin Brand, the Carstar Brand, the Take 5 Brand and 1-800-Radiator Brand, together with any other new accounts for advertising payments created by the Manager from time to time.

“Aero Colours Brand” means the Aero Colours® name and Aero Colours Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

2

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership or beneficial interests, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the meaning of “control”.

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

“After-Acquired Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (i) the SPV Franchising Entities other than CARSTAR Franchisor or Take 5 Franchisor after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (ii) CARSTAR Franchisor after the Series 2016-1 Closing Date and (iii) Take 5 Franchisor or SPV Product Sales Holder after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, in each case, pursuant to the IP License Agreements or otherwise, including, without limitation, all Manager-Developed IP and all Licensee-Developed IP.

“Aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount” means the sum of the Outstanding Principal Amounts with respect to all Series of Notes.

“Allocated Amount” means, as of any date of determination with respect to either (i) any Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or (ii) any Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, an amount equal to the product of (1) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Amount of all Notes on such date of determination and (2) the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods attributable to such Disposed Brand Assets and the related Disposed Brand IP or such Future Brand Assets and the related Future Brand IP, as applicable, and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate amount of Retained Collections for the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods.

“Allocated Note Amount” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (x) zero, (y) with respect to (i) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $460,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the second Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2015, (ii) any Securitization Asset in existence on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $45,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2016-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2016, (iii) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location in existence on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the pro rata portion of $275,000,000 allocated to such asset on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the first Quarterly Fiscal Period of 2018 and (iv) any Securitization Asset or Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Asset or assets of any Retained Take 5 Branded Location arising after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes allocated to such asset, on the date such asset was included in the Securitized Assets, based on such asset’s contribution to the items comprising Retained Collections (as if the Collateral included such assets for such period) during the then-most recently ended four Quarterly Fiscal Periods. With respect to any New Franchise Agreement that does not have a four Quarterly Fiscal Period operating period as of the date such asset was included in the

3

Securitized Assets, such asset’s contribution to Retained Collections will equal the average of all collected Franchisee Payments under such New Franchise Agreements during the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ending as of the date such New Franchise Agreement was included in the Securitized Assets.

“Annual Election Date” means June 1^st of every calendar year beginning on June 1, 2018 unless a Controlling Class Representative has been elected or re-elected on or after January 1^st of that same calendar year, in which case, the Annual Election Date will be deemed to not occur during such calendar year.

“Annual Noteholders’ Tax Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of the Base Indenture.

“Applicable Procedures” means the provisions of the rules and procedures of DTC, the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream, as in effect from time to time.

“Asset Disposition Proceeds” means (i) the proceeds of any disposition (including all cash and cash equivalents received as payments of the purchase price for such disposition, including, without limitation, any cash or cash equivalents received in respect of deferred payment, or monetization of a note receivable, received as consideration for such disposition) pursuant to clauses (i) or (x) of the definition of “Permitted Asset Disposition” or any other disposition not permitted under the terms of the Indenture, minus (ii) (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable property and that is required to be repaid in connection with such disposition (other than Indebtedness under the Notes) to the extent such principal amount is actually repaid, (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with such disposition, as certified by the Manager, and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two (2) years of such disposition as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith; provided, that the proceeds of Refranchising Asset Dispositions shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds to the extent that that the Senior Leverage Ratio, calculated after giving pro forma effect to such Refranchising Asset Disposition (but excluding the cash and cash equivalents maintained in the Asset Disposition Proceeds Account for netting purposes), is less than 4.50:1.00. The proceeds of any Permitted Asset Disposition pursuant to any of the remaining clauses of the definition thereof (net of the amounts described in the foregoing clause (ii) and, in the case of Post-Issuance Acquired Locations only, further net of (without duplication of any amounts in such clause (ii)) the original cost of acquisition of such asset, including reasonable and customary related expenses) shall not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds and instead will be treated as Collections with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period in which such amounts are received. For the avoidance of doubt, proceeds resulting from the purchase and sale of operating locations (or potential operating locations) acquired by one or more Non-Securitization Entities (and not owned or financed by a Securitization Entity or otherwise contributed to the Collateral) and not otherwise required to be part of the Collateral will not constitute Asset Disposition Proceeds or Collections.

“Asset Disposition Proceeds Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to the Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

“Asset Disposition Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(c) of the Base Indenture.

“Assumption Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

4

“Authorized Officer” means, with respect to (i) any Securitization Entity, any officer who is authorized to act for such Securitization Entity in matters relating to such Securitization Entity, including an Authorized Officer of the Manager authorized to act on behalf of such Securitization Entity; (ii) Parent, in its individual capacity and in its capacity as the Manager, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, the General Counsel and Executive Vice President, and the Chief Marketing Officer or any other officer of Parent who is directly responsible for managing the Contributed Franchise Business or otherwise authorized to act for the Manager in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Manager with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question; (iii) the Trustee or any other bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian, a Trust Officer; (iv) the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is duly authorized to act for the Servicer with respect to the relevant matter; or (v) the Control Party, any officer of the Control Party who is duly authorized to act for the Control Party with respect to the relevant matter. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any Person to act, and such certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of written notice to the contrary.

“AutoQual Brand” means the AutoQual^® name and AutoQual Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount” means, when used with respect to any date, the sum of (a) the amount on deposit in the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account after giving effect to any withdrawals therefrom on such date with respect to the Senior Notes pursuant to the Base Indenture and (b) the undrawn face amount of any Interest Reserve Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders outstanding on such date after giving effect to any draws thereon on such date with respect to the Senior Notes.

“Back-Up Management Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Back-Up Management Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Issuer, the other Securitization Entities party thereto, the Manager, the Trustee and the Back-Up Manager, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Back-Up Manager” means FTI Consulting, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as back-up manager under the Back-Up Management Agreement, and any successor thereto.

“Back-Up Manager Fees” means all reimbursements paid to the Back-Up Manager for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and all fees paid based on the Back-Up Manager’s current rates per hour, in each case incurred by the Back-Up Manager in performing services under the Back-Up Management Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Code” means the provisions of Title 11 of the United States Code, as codified as 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq., as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time.

“Base Amount” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Take 5 Refranchising Proceeds Cap”.

“Base Indenture” means the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of April 24, 2018, by and among the Issuer and the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, exclusive of any Series Supplements.

5

“Base Indenture Account” means any account or accounts authorized and established pursuant to the Base Indenture for the benefit of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation, each account established pursuant to Article V of the Base Indenture.

“Base Indenture Definitions List” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Base Indenture.

“Book-Entry Notes” means beneficial interests in the Notes of any Series or any Class of any Series, ownership and transfers of which will be evidenced or made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.12 of the Base Indenture; provided that, after the occurrence of a condition whereupon book-entry registration and transfer are no longer permitted and Definitive Notes are issued to the Note Owners, such Definitive Notes will replace Book-Entry Notes.

“Branded Location” means each store location, service center or distribution center or vehicle operated under any of the Driven Securitization Brands.

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday or Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of New York, New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of any successor Trustee is located if so required by such successor.

“Canadian Intellectual Property” means any Intellectual Property subject to the laws of Canada.

“Canadian IP License Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Franchisor Holdco, as licensor, and Pro Oil Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Pro Oil Canadian Franchisor License”), (ii) the 1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between 1-800-Radiator Franchisor, as licensor, and Radiator Express Canada, Inc., as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “1-800-Radiator Canadian Franchisor License”), (iii) the Meineke Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Meineke Franchisor, as licensor, and Meineke Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Meineke Canadian Franchisor License”), and (iv) the Maaco Canadian Franchisor License, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, between Maaco Franchisor, as licensor, and Maaco Canada Partnership, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Maaco Canadian Franchisor License”).

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the obligations of a Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of the Transaction Documents, the amount of such obligations will be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid and (b) the amount by which (i) $100,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses previously paid on each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x).

6

“Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date that occurs (x) during the period beginning on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ending on the date on which 52 or 53, as applicable, full and consecutive Weekly Collection Periods have occurred since the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and (y) during each successive period of 52 or 53, as applicable, consecutive Weekly Collection Periods after the period in the foregoing clause (x), an amount equal to the amount by which (i) $500,000 exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount of Securitization Operating Expenses already paid during such period; provided that during any period that the Back-Up Manager is required to provide Warm Back-Up Management Duties or Hot Back-Up Management Duties pursuant to the Back-Up Management Agreement, the Control Party, acting at the direction of the Controlling Class Representative, may increase the Capped Securitization Operating Expense Amount as calculated above in order to take account of any increased fees and expenses associated with the provision of such services.

“Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account with respect to the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

“Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

“Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account with respect to the Senior Notes Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Quarterly Post-ARD Additional Interest Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

“Carryover Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount” means (a) for the first Weekly Allocation Date with respect to any Quarterly Fiscal Period, zero and (b) for any other Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period, the amount, if any, by which (i) the amount allocated to the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account with respect to the Senior Notes Scheduled Principal Payments Amounts on the immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date with respect to such Quarterly Fiscal Period was less than (ii) the Senior Notes Accrued Scheduled Principal Payments Amount for such immediately preceding Weekly Allocation Date.

“Carstar Brand” means the Carstar^® name and Carstar Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“CARSTAR Franchisor” means CARSTAR Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

7

“Carstar License Agreement” means the Carstar License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchisor, as licensor, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Carstar Master License Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Master License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc., as ultimately contributed to CARSTAR Franchisor, as licensor, and Parent, as ultimately assigned to CARSTAR Canada, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Cash Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

“Cash Trapping Amount” means, for any Weekly Allocation Date while a Cash Trapping Period is in effect, an amount equal to the product of (i) the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage and (ii) the amount of funds available in the Collection Account on such Weekly Allocation Date after payment of priorities (i) through (xii) of the Priority of Payments (but with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date on or after a Cash Trapping Release Date, net of the Cash Trapping Release Amount released on such Cash Trapping Release Date); provided that, for any Weekly Allocation Date following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Rapid Amortization Event or an Event of Default, the Cash Trapping Amount will be zero.

“Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold” means a DSCR equal to 1.75:1.00.

“Cash Trapping Event” means, as of any Quarterly Payment Date, that the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

“Cash Trapping Percentage” means, with respect to any Weekly Allocation Date during a Cash Trapping Period, a percentage equal to (i) 50%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.75:1.00 but equal to or greater than 1.50 :1.00 and (ii) 100%, if the DSCR as calculated as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is less than 1.50:1.00.

“Cash Trapping Period” means any period that begins on any Quarterly Payment Date on which a Cash Trapping Event occurs and ends on the first Quarterly Payment Date subsequent to the occurrence of such Cash Trapping Event on which the DSCR determined as of the immediately preceding Quarterly Calculation Date is equal to or exceeds the Cash Trapping DSCR Threshold.

“Cash Trapping Release Amount” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date (i) on which any Cash Trapping Period is no longer continuing, the full amount on deposit in the Cash Trap Reserve Account and (ii) on which the Cash Trapping Percentage is equal to 50% and on the prior Quarterly Payment Date the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, 50% of the aggregate amount deposited to the Cash Trap Reserve Account during the most recent period in which the applicable Cash Trapping Percentage was equal to 100%, after having been reduced ratably for any withdrawals made from the Cash Trap Reserve Account during such period for any other purpose.

“Cash Trapping Release Date” means any Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are released from the Cash Trap Reserve Account pursuant to Section 5.12(p) of the Base Indenture.

“Cash Trap Reserve Account” means the reserve account established and maintained by the Issuer, in the name of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for the purpose of trapping cash upon the occurrence of a Cash Trapping Event.

8

“Casualty Reinvestment Period” has the meaning specified in Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture.

“Cause” means, with respect to any Independent Manager, (i) acts or omissions by such Independent Manager constituting fraud, dishonesty, negligence, misconduct or other deliberate action which causes injury to the applicable Securitization Entity or an act by such Independent Manager involving moral turpitude or a serious crime or (ii) that such Independent Manager no longer meets the definition of “Independent Manager” as set forth in the applicable Securitization Entity’s Charter Documents.

“CCR Acceptance Letter” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(e) of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Ballot” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Candidate” means any nominee submitted to the Trustee on a CCR Nomination pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Election” means an election of a Controlling Class Representative pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(a) of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Election Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Nomination” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Nomination Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b) of the Base Indenture.

“CCR Re-election Event” means any of the following events: (i) an additional Series of Notes of the Controlling Class is issued, (ii) the Controlling Class changes, (iii) the Trustee receives written notice of the resignation or removal of any acting Controlling Class Representative, (iv) the Trustee receives a demand for an election for a Controlling Class Representative from a Majority of Controlling Class Members, which election will be at the expense of such Controlling Class Members (including Trustee expenses), (v) the Trustee receives written notice that an Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the acting Controlling Class Representative, (vi) there is no Controlling Class Representative and the Control Party requests an election be held, or (vii) an Annual Election Date occurs; provided that, with respect to a CCR Re-election Event that occurs as a result of clause (iv), (vi) or (vii), there will be deemed to be no CCR Re-election Event if it would result in more than two (2) CCR Re-election Events occurring in a single calendar year.

“CCR Voting Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

“Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement.

“Charter Document” means, with respect to any entity and at any time, the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, operating agreement, by-laws, memorandum of association, articles of association and any other similar document, as applicable to such entity in effect at such time.

“CIPO” means the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and any successor Canadian federal office.

9

“Class” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, any one of the classes of Notes of such Series as specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Administrative Agent” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person identified as the “Class A-1 Administrative Agent” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Lender” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as such pursuant to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement, and its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity, and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the Person(s) acting in such capacity pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

“Class A-1 Note Commitment” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Note Commitments and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, the obligation of each Class A-1 Lender in respect of such Class A-1 Notes to fund advances pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

“Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Series 2015-1 Class A-1 Notes, the Series 2105-1 Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) with respect to any other Class A-1 Notes, any note purchase agreement entered into by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as a “Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-1” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

“Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date with respect to a Quarterly Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Fiscal Quarter Percentage for such Quarterly Fiscal Period and (2) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period (except with respect to the first Interest Accrual Period after the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, in which case such amount will be (A) with respect to the first Weekly Allocation Date occurring on August 14, 2015, an amount (not less than zero) equal to 50% of the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Interest Accrual Period minus any Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees prefunded to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and (B) with respect to all subsequent Weekly Allocation Dates, an amount (not less than zero) equal to 10% of the Class A-1 Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Interest Accrual Period minus any Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees prefunded to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date to the extent not previously applied), (ii) the Carryover Class A-1 Notes Accrued Quarterly Commitment Fees Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date and (iii) if such Weekly Allocation Date occurs on or after a Quarterly Payment Date on which amounts are withdrawn from the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account pursuant to Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture to cover any Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount, the amount so withdrawn (without duplication for amounts previously allocated pursuant to this clause (iii)) and (b) the amount, if any, by which (i) the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for the Interest Accrual Period ending in the next succeeding Quarterly Fiscal Period exceeds (ii) the aggregate amount previously allocated to the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account on each preceding Weekly Allocation Date (or prefunded on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date) with respect to the Quarterly Fiscal Period.

10

“Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as a “Commitment Fee Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the commitment fees payable to the Noteholders of such Class A-1 Notes pursuant to the related Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

“Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount”, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Shortfall Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(e) of the Base Indenture.

“Class A-1 Notes Interest Adjustment Amount” means, for any Class A-1 Notes for any Interest Accrual Period, the aggregate amount, if any, for such Interest Accrual Period that is identified as an “Interest Adjustment Amount” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate maximum principal amount of such Class A-1 Notes as identified in the applicable Series Supplement as reduced by any permanent reductions of commitments with respect to such Class A-1 Notes and any cancellations of repurchased Class A-1 Notes.

“Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” means all amounts due and payable pursuant to any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are identified as “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” means, for any Interest Accrual Period, with respect to any Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of commitment fees due and payable, with respect to such Interest Accrual Period, on such Class A-1 Notes that is identified as “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees” in the applicable Series Supplement; provided that if, on any Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination, the actual amount of any such commitment fees cannot be ascertained, an estimate of such commitment fees will be used to calculate the Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees for such Weekly Allocation Date or other date of determination in accordance with the terms and provisions of the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that any amount identified as “Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses” or “Class A-1 Notes Other Amounts” in any Series Supplement will under no circumstances be deemed to constitute “Class A-1 Notes Quarterly Commitment Fees”.

“Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the date identified as the “Class A-1 Notes Renewal Date” in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Class A-1 Notes Voting Amount” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the greater of (i) the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for such Series (after giving effect to any cancelled commitments) and (ii) the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes for such Series.

11

“Class A-2 Notes” means any Notes alphanumerically designated as “Class A-2” pursuant to the Series Supplement applicable to such Class of Notes.

“Clearing Agency” means an organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto or Euroclear or Clearstream.

“Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Luxembourg.

“Closing Date Securitization IP” means all U.S. Intellectual Property and Canadian Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of, or licensed to or on behalf of, (x) Meineke Car Care Centers, LLC, Maaco Franchising LLC, 1-800 Radiator & A/C, Skidpad Enterprises, Inc., Econo Lube N’ Tune, LLC, Drive N Style LLC, SBA-TLC, LLC, Maaco Canada Partnership, LP, Pro Oil Canada Partnership, LP, Parent and the SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor) as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, (y) CARSTAR Holdings Corp., CARSTAR, Inc., CARSTAR Franchise Systems, Inc. and CARSTAR Franchisor as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, and (z) Take 5, Take 5 Franchising LLC, Take 5 Oil, T5 Holding Corporation, Driven Sister Holdings LLC, Take 5 Franchisor, SPV Product Sales Holder and Take 5 Properties as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, in each case, covering, relating to or embodied in (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations.

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code also refer to any successor sections.

“Collateral” means, collectively, the Indenture Collateral, the “Collateral” as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and any property subject to any other Indenture Document that grants a Lien to secure any Obligations.

“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Franchise Documents and the Transaction Documents.

“Collateral Exclusions” means the following property of the Issuer: (a) any real property constituting a lease and any other lease, license or other contract or permit, in each case solely to the extent that the grant of a lien or security interest in the Issuer’s right, title and interest in, to or under such lease, license, contract or permit in the manner contemplated by the Indenture (i) is prohibited by the terms of such lease, license, contract or permit, (ii) would constitute or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of any right, title or interest of the Issuer therein or (iii) would otherwise result in a breach thereof or the termination or a right of termination thereof, except to the extent that any such prohibition, breach, termination or right of termination is rendered ineffective pursuant to the New York UCC or any other applicable law, (b) the Excepted Securitization IP Assets and (c) the Excluded Amounts.

12

“Collateral Protection Advance” means any advance of (a) payments of taxes, rent, assessments, insurance premiums and other costs and expenses necessary to protect, preserve or restore the Collateral and (b) payments of any expenses of any Securitization Entity, to the extent not previously paid pursuant to a Manager Advance, in each case made by the Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement in accordance with the Servicing Standard, or by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

“Collateralized Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(h) of the Base Indenture.

“Collection Account” means account number 114871 entitled “Collection Account” maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture or any successor securities account maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Base Indenture.

“Collection Account Administrative Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6 of the Base Indenture.

“Collections” means, with respect to each Weekly Collection Period, all amounts received by or for the account of the Securitization Entities during such Weekly Collection Period, including (without duplication):

(i)    all Franchisee Payments, Product Sourcing Payments, rebates and payments received from insurance companies in respect of franchisee referrals, purchasing rebates and vendor listing fees, in each case deposited into the Concentration Account during such Weekly Collection Period;

(ii)    sublease revenue received in respect of locations that were formerly Take 5-branded Take 5 Company Locations;

(iii)    cash revenues, credit card proceeds and debit card proceeds and any proceeds of the initial sale of gift cards generated by Take 5 Company Locations;

(iv)    without duplication of the foregoing clause (i), all amounts, including amounts received under the IP License Agreements and other license fees and any other amounts received in respect of the Securitization IP, including recoveries from the enforcement of the Securitization IP;

(v)    all Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Asset Disposition Proceeds and (without duplication) all other amounts received upon the disposition of the Collateral, including proceeds received upon the disposition of property expressly excluded from the definition of “Asset Disposition Proceeds”, in each case that are required to be deposited into the Concentration Account or the Collection Account;

(vi)    any Investment Income earned on amounts on deposit in the Accounts;

(vii)    any equity contributions made to the Issuer (provided that Parent may elect to have any such contributions applied directly to the Trustee in connection with any optional prepayment of the Notes);

(viii)    to the extent not otherwise included above, all Excluded Amounts; and

(ix)    any other payments or proceeds received with respect to the Collateral.

“Commitment Fees Shortfall” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(d) of the Base Indenture.

13

“Company Order” and “Company Request” mean a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by any Authorized Officer of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee, the Control Party or the Paying Agent.

“Competitor” means any Person that is a direct or indirect franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept (including a Franchisee); provided that (i) a Person will not be a Competitor solely by virtue of its direct or indirect ownership of less than 5% of the Equity Interests in a “Competitor” and (ii) a Person will not be a “Competitor” if such Person has policies and procedures that prohibit such Person from disclosing or making available any confidential information that such Person may receive as a Noteholder or prospective investor in the Notes, to individuals involved in the business of buying, selling, holding or analyzing the Equity Interests of a “Competitor” or in the business of being a franchisor, franchisee, owner or operator of a large regional or national automotive services or parts distribution concept.

“Concentration Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(a) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

“Consent Recommendation” means the action recommended by the Control Party to any Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative in writing with respect to any Consent Request that requires the consent, waiver or direction of such Noteholder or the Controlling Class Representative, as applicable.

“Consent Request” means any request for a direction, waiver, amendment, consent or certain other action under the Transaction Documents.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, consolidated interest expense, whether paid or accrued, of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, net costs under interest rate hedging agreements, amortization of discount, that portion of interest obligations with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP, including all Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by such Person, commitment fees and acceleration of fees and expenses payable in connection with Indebtedness.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income of such Person and its Subsidiaries (whether positive or negative), determined in accordance with GAAP, for such period.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person (a) with respect to any indebtedness, lease, declared but unpaid dividends, letter of credit or other obligation of another if the primary purpose or intent thereof by the Person incurring the Contingent Obligation is to provide assurance to the obligee of such obligation of another that such obligation of another will be paid or discharged, or that any agreements relating thereto will be complied with, or that the holders of such obligation will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof or (b) under any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or for which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement thereof. “Contingent Obligation” will include (x) the direct or indirect guarantee, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another and (y) any liability of such Person for the obligations of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (i) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security

14

therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), (ii) to maintain the solvency of any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another or (iii) to make take-or-pay or similar payments if required regardless of non-performance by any other party or parties to an agreement, if in the case of any agreement described under subclause (i) or (ii) of this clause (y) the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in the preceding sentence. The amount of any Contingent Obligation will be equal to the amount of the obligation so guaranteed or otherwise supported.

“Contractual Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any provision of any security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

“Contributed Assets” means all assets contributed under the Contribution Agreements.

“Contributed Development Agreements” means, collectively, all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or the 2016-1 Closing Date that were contributed to an SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or the 2016-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Existing Contribution Agreements and all Development Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date that were contributed to Take 5 Franchisor on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

“Contributed Franchise Agreements” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date and the 2016-1 Closing Date in respect of Branded Locations in the United States that were contributed to an SPV Franchising Entity on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date or the 2016-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Existing Contribution Agreements and all Franchise Agreements and related guaranty agreements existing as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in respect of Branded Locations that will be contributed to Take 5 Franchisor on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

“Contributed Franchise Business” means the business of franchising the Branded Locations in the United States and the provision of ancillary goods and services in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, the Contributed Franchise Business does not include the Non-Contributed Property.

“Contributed Securitization-Owned Location Assets” means, collectively, all assets that will be contributed to Take 5 Properties on the Series 2018-1 Closing Date pursuant to the applicable Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreements.

“Contributed Software” means the FACTS software, the M.Key software, the Polaris software and the proprietary software owned by 1-800 Radiator & A/C or its Subsidiaries as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

“Contribution Agreements” means, collectively (in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time):

(i)     the First-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

15

(ii)     the First-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iii)    the First Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Parent and Funding Holdco;

(iv)     the Second-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(v)     the Second-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(vi)     the Second Tier Take 5 and Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between Funding Holdco and the Issuer;

(vii)     the Third-Tier Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(viii)    the Third-Tier Driven Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(ix)    the Third-Tier Radiator Franchisor Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and 1-800-Radiator Franchisor;

(x)    the Third-Tier Radiator Product Sourcing Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Radiator Product Sales Holder;

(xi)    the Third-Tier CARSTAR Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2016-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and CARSTAR Franchisor;

(xii)     the Third Tier Take 5 Franchise Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Franchisor Holdco:

(xiii)    the Third Tier Take 5 Company Location Assets Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and Take 5 Properties;

(xiv)    the Third Tier Spire Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Issuer and SPV Product Sales Holder;

(xv)    the Fourth-Tier Drive N Style Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Drive N Style Franchisor;

(xvi)    the Fourth-Tier Econo Lube Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Econo Lube Franchisor;

(xvii)    the Fourth-Tier Maaco Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Maaco Franchisor;

16

(xviii)    the Fourth-Tier Meineke Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Meineke Franchisor;

(xix)    the Fourth-Tier Merlin Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Franchisor Holdco and Merlin Franchisor; and

(xx)    the Fourth Tier Take 5 Contribution Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the Franchisor Holdco and Take 5 Franchisor.

“Contributor” means any Non-Securitization Entity that contributed assets to the Securitization Entities on or before the Closing Date.

“Controlled Group” means any group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control that is treated as a single employer for purposes of Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA.

“Control Party” means, at any time, the Servicer, who will direct the Trustee to act or will act on behalf of the Trustee in connection with Consent Requests.

“Controlling Class” means the most senior Class of Notes then outstanding among all Series. As of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, the “Controlling Class” will be the Series 2015-1 Notes, the Series 2016-1 Notes and the Series 2018-1 Notes.

“Controlling Class Member” means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note of the Controlling Class, a Note Owner of such Book-Entry Note and, with respect to a Definitive Note of the Controlling Class, a Noteholder of such Definitive Note (excluding, in each case, any Securitization Entity or Affiliate thereof).

“Controlling Class Representative” means, at any time during which one or more Series of Notes is Outstanding, the representative, if any, that has been elected pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Base Indenture by the Majority of Controlling Class Members; provided that, if no Controlling Class Representative has been elected or if the Controlling Class Representative does not approve or reject a Consent Request within the time period specified in Section 11.4 of the Base Indenture, the Control Party will be entitled to exercise the rights of the Controlling Class Representative with respect to such Consent Request, other than with respect to Servicer Termination Events, in accordance with the Servicing Standard.

“Copyrights” means all copyrights (whether registered or unregistered) in unpublished and published works.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee (a) for Note transfer purposes and presentment of the Notes for final payment thereon, Citibank, N.A., ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇^▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇, Attention: Securities Window – Driven Brands and (b) for all other purposes, Citibank, N.A., ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇, ▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇ ▇▇▇▇▇, Attention: Agency & Trust – Driven Brands, call: (▇▇▇) ▇▇▇-▇▇▇▇ to obtain Citibank, N.A. account manager’s email, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders, each Rating Agency and the Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

17

“Debt Service” means, with respect to any Quarterly Payment Date, the sum of (A) the Senior Notes Aggregate Quarterly Interest plus (B) the Senior Subordinated Notes Accrued Quarterly Interest Amount plus (C) the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Amount plus (D) with respect to each Class of Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes Outstanding, the aggregate amount of scheduled principal payments that would be due and payable on such Quarterly Payment Date, as ratably reduced by the aggregate amount of any payments of Indemnification Amounts, Release Prices, Asset Disposition Proceeds or Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, after giving effect to any optional or mandatory prepayment of principal of any such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes or any repurchase and cancellation of such Senior Notes or Senior Subordinated Notes, but without giving effect to any reductions available due to satisfaction of any Series Non-Amortization Test on such Quarterly Payment Date. For the purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, Debt Service will be deemed to be the sum of (A) the product of (x) the sum of the amounts referred to in clauses (A) through (C) of the definition of “Debt Service” multiplied by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is 90 and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed during the period commencing on and including the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and ending on but excluding the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date (as calculated on the basis of a 360 day-year consisting of twelve 30-day months), plus (B) the amount referred to in clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”, assuming for purposes of this calculation only that a scheduled principal payment is made on the first Quarterly Payment Date after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

“Debt Service Advance” means any advance made by the Servicer (or, if the Servicer fails to do so, the Trustee) in respect of the Senior Notes Interest Shortfall Amount on any Quarterly Payment Date.

“Default” means any Event of Default or any occurrence that with notice or the lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Defeased Series” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(c) of the Base Indenture.

“Definitive Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Depository Agreement” means, with respect to a Series or Class of a Series of Notes having Book-Entry Notes, the agreement among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Clearing Agency governing the deposit of such Notes with the Clearing Agency, or as otherwise provided in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Development Agreements” means all development agreements for Branded Locations pursuant to which a Franchisee, developer or other Person obtains the rights to develop one or more Branded Locations and all master license agreements pursuant to which a Franchisee also is authorized to grant subfranchises.

“Disposed Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

“Disposed Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

“Dollar” and the symbol “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States.

18

“Driven Brands Entities” means, collectively, Parent and each of its Subsidiaries, now existing or hereafter created.

“Driven Brands Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Indebtedness of the Driven Brands Entities (provided that, with respect to each Series of Class A-1 Notes Outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of each such Series of Class A-1 Notes will be deemed to be equal to the Class A-1 Notes Maximum Principal Amount for each such Series) as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period less (ii) the sum of (w) the cash and cash equivalents of the Driven Brands Entities credited to the Interest Reserve Account(s) in respect of the Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Cash Trap Reserve Account as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period, (x) the cash and cash equivalents of the Securitization Entities maintained in the Management Accounts that, pursuant to a Weekly Manager’s Certificate delivered on or prior to such date, will be paid to the Manager or constitute the Residual Amount on the next succeeding Weekly Allocation Date, (y) the available amount of each Interest Reserve Letter of Credit as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period and (z) the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of the Non-Securitization Entities as of the end of the most recently ended Quarterly Fiscal Period (in each case, excluding any unrestricted cash or cash equivalents contributed to the Driven Brands Entities solely with the intent of satisfying such condition in bad faith and immediately redistributed to the parent companies of the Driven Brands Entities) to (b) Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA of the Driven Brands Entities for the immediately preceding four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods most recently ended as of such date and for which financial statements are required to have been delivered. The Driven Brands Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in accordance with Section 14.17(a) of the Base Indenture.

“Driven Brands License Agreement” means the amended and restated Driven Brands License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and between the SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor), as licensors, and Parent, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Driven Brands System” means the system of stores, service centers and distribution centers operating under the Driven Securitization Brands in the United States and Canada.

“Driven Brands System-Wide Sales” means, with respect to any Quarterly Calculation Date, aggregate Gross Sales (which shall be permitted to include estimated Gross Sales of up to 10% of the total) (prior to adjustment on account of any costs, expenses, fees or royalties) for all franchise and company-owned locations subject to the Securitization Transaction for the four Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended immediately prior to such Quarterly Calculation Date.

“Driven Securitization Brands” means the Meineke Brand, the Maaco Brand, the Econo Lube Brand, the Pro Oil Brand, the Drive N Style Brand, the Merlin Brand, the 1-800-Radiator Brand, the Carstar Brand and the Take 5 Brand.

“Drive N Style Brand” means (i) the Drive N Style^® name and Drive N Style Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing, (ii) the Aero Colours Brand and (iii) the AutoQual Brand (but, in each case, excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“Drive N Style Franchisor” means Drive N Style Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

“DSCR” means an amount calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date by dividing (i) the Net Cash Flow over the four immediately preceding Quarterly Fiscal Periods for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with the Transaction Documents by (ii) the Debt Service

19

due during such period; provided that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR as of the first four Quarterly Calculation Dates:

(a)    “Net Cash Flow” for the Driven Securitization Brands (other than the Take 5 Brand) for the four (4) Quarterly Fiscal Periods ended June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017, December 30, 2017 and March 31, 2018, will be deemed to be increased by Net Cash Flow for the Take 5 Brand in the amount of: $8,148,243, $9,449,643, $9,937,251 and $10,224,192, respectively; Net Cash Flow in respect to the Take 5 Brand for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2018-1 Closing Date will include the Manager’s good faith estimate (in accordance with the Managing Standard) of what such Net Cash Flow would have been for the period between the first day of such Quarterly Fiscal Period and the Series 2018-1 Closing Date based on items that would otherwise have constituted Collections actually received by the Manager during that period; and

(b)     “Debt Service” due in respect of the Series 2018-1 Class A-2 Notes for any Quarterly Fiscal Period elapsed prior to the Series 2018-1 Closing Date shall be deemed to be the Debt Service measured for the first Quarterly Fiscal Period including the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, adjusted for the irregular number of days in such Quarterly Fiscal Period;

provided, further, that, for purposes of calculating the DSCR, for any period during which one or more Permitted Acquisitions occurs, such Permitted Acquisition (and all other Permitted Acquisitions that have been consummated during the applicable period) shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement, and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person acquired in such Permitted Acquisition shall be included, together with such adjustments included in Run Rate Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with the definition thereof.

“Econo Lube Brand” means the Econo Lube N’ Tune^® name and Econo Lube N’ Tune Trademarks, whether alone or in combination with other words or symbols, and any variations or derivatives of any of the foregoing (but excluding any other Driven Securitization Brand).

“Econo Lube Franchisor” means Econo Lube Franchisor SPV LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Franchisor Holdco.

“Econo Lube License Agreement” means the Econo Lube License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between Econo Lube Franchisor, as licensor, and Meineke Franchisor, as licensee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Eligible Account” means (a) a segregated identifiable trust account established in the trust department of a Qualified Trust Institution or (b) a separately identifiable deposit or securities account established at a Qualified Institution.

“Eligible Assets” means any asset used or useful to the Securitization Entities in the operation of the Driven Securitization Brands, including, without limitation, (i) capital assets, capital expenditures, renovations and improvements and (ii) assets intended to generate revenue for the Securitization Entities.

“Eligible Investments” means (a) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) whose short-term debt is rated at least “A-2” (or then equivalent grade) by S&P and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least

20

$1,000,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition thereof; (b) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof; (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “A-2” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, with maturities of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of acquisition thereof; and (d) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the relevant Person making such investment, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act, which have the highest rating obtainable from S&P, and the portfolios of which are invested primarily in investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Eligible Investments must either (A) be at all times available for withdrawal or liquidation at par (or for commercial paper issued at a discount, at the applicable purchase price) or (B) mature on or prior to the Business Day prior to the immediately succeeding Weekly Allocation Date.

“Eligible Third-Party Candidate” means an established enterprise in the business of providing credit support, governance or other advisory services to holders of notes similar to the Notes issued by the Issuer that is not (i) a Competitor, (ii) a Franchisee, (iii) any of the certain disqualified Persons identified by the Manager to the Trustee on or before the Series 2018-1 Closing Date or (iv) formed solely to act as the Controlling Class Representative.

“Employee Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, established, maintained or contributed to by any Securitization Entity, or with respect to which any Securitization Entity has any liability.

“Environmental Law” means any and all applicable laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, binding guidelines, codes, decrees, agreements or other legally enforceable requirements (including common law) of any international authority, foreign government, the United States, or any state, local, municipal or other governmental authority, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment or of human health (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), or employee health and safety (as it relates to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern), as has been, is now, or may at any time hereafter be, in effect.

“Environmental Permits” means any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

“Equity Interests” means any (a) membership interest in any limited liability company, (b) general or limited partnership interest in any partnership, (c) common, preferred or other stock interest in any corporation, (d) share, participation, unit or other interest in the property or enterprise of an issuer that evidences ownership rights therein, (e) ownership or beneficial interest in any trust or (f) option, warrant or other right to convert any interest into or otherwise receive any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., or any successor thereto, as operator of the Euroclear System.

“Event of Bankruptcy” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Person if:

21

(a)    a case or other proceeding is commenced, without the application or consent of such Person, in any court, seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator or the like for such Person or all or any substantial part of its assets, or any similar action with respect to such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts, and such case or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or an order for relief in respect of such Person is entered in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect; or

(b)    such Person commences a voluntary case or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

(c)    the board of directors or board of managers (or similar body) of such Person votes to implement any of the actions set forth in clause (b) above.

“Event of Default” means any of the events set forth in Section 9.2 of the Base Indenture.

“Excepted Securitization IP Assets” means (i) any right to use third-party Intellectual Property pursuant to a license to the extent such rights are not able to be pledged; and (ii) any application for registration of a Trademark that would be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned due to the grant and/or enforcement of an assignment or security interest, including intent-to-use applications filed with the USPTO pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(b) prior to the filing of a statement of use or amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1051(c) or (d); provided that at such time as the grant and/or enforcement of the assignment or security interest would not cause such application to be invalidated, canceled, voided or abandoned, such Trademark application will not be considered an “Excepted Securitization IP Asset”.

“Excess Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount” means, for each Weekly Allocation Date, an amount equal to the amount by which (a) the Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses that have become due and payable prior to such Weekly Allocation Date and have not been previously paid exceed (b) the Capped Class A-1 Notes Administrative Expenses Amount for such Weekly Allocation Date.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Amounts” means (i) Advertising Fees (net of Maaco Net Advertising Commissions) including, without limitation, any such Advertising Fees transferred to the Advertising Fund Accounts; (ii) amounts in respect of sales taxes and other comparable taxes (if any) that are due and payable to a Governmental Authority or other unaffiliated third party; (iii) statutory foreign taxes (if any) included in Collections but required to be remitted to a Governmental Authority; (iv) amounts paid by Franchisees to the Manager in respect of fees or expenses payable to unaffiliated third parties for services provided to Franchisees, including, without limitation, bona fide third-party repairs and maintenance fees, advertising agency fees and production costs, and software licensing and subscription fees; (v) fees and expenses paid by or on behalf of any Securitization Entity in connection with registering, maintaining and enforcing the Securitization IP and paying third-party Intellectual Property licensing and subscription fees; (vi) any proceeds from or collections in respect of Non-Contributed Property; (vii) amounts paid by Franchisees to the Manager relating to corporate services provided by the Manager, including, without limitation, gift card administration and employee training, to the extent such services are not provided by

22

the Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement; (viii) gift card redemption amounts and initial sale proceeds of gift cards; (ix) account expenses and fees paid to the banks at which the Management Accounts are held; (x) tenant improvement allowances and similar amounts received from landlords (if any); (xi) payments to certain developers (if any); (xii) Product Sourcing Obligations; (xiii) proceeds of directors and officers insurance; (xiv) actual or estimated franchise fee commissions; (xv) hotel and travel costs in connection with software and other Franchisee employee training programs; (xvi) Franchisee Payments in respect of rent, equipment deposits or short-term notes (to the extent they do not constitute delinquent royalty payments) and costs associated with sublease revenue (including payment of lease obligations) in respect of Take 5 Company Locations; (xvii) payments from fleet customers in respect of services performed by Franchisees, (xviii) any other amounts deposited into the Concentration Account that are not required to be deposited into the Collection Account; (xix) insurance company rebates and other payments payable to franchisees in connection with franchisee insurance referrals; (xx) any portion of a supplier rebate required to be remitted to a Franchisee of the Take 5 Brand, (xxi) any costs and expenses associated with distribution margin and (xxii) revenues (if any) received with respect to Take 5 Company Locations that are due and payable to Governmental Authorities or other unaffiliated third parties as sales taxes, other comparable taxes, payroll taxes, wage garnishments, lottery amounts or other amounts (the items set forth in clause (xxii) collectively, “Pass-Through Amounts”).

“Excluded IP” means (i) any Software licensed to or on behalf of a Non-Securitization Entity and (ii) any proprietary software owned by a Non-Securitization Entity (other than the Contributed Software).

“Existing Local Take 5 Company Location Accounts” has the meaning specified in Section 5.7(b) of the Base Indenture.

“Extension Period” means, with respect to any Series or any Class of any Series of Notes, the period from the Series Anticipated Repayment Date (or any previously extended Series Anticipated Repayment Date) with respect to such Series or Class to the Series Anticipated Repayment Date with respect to such Series or Class as extended in connection with the provisions of the applicable Series Supplement.

“FDIC” means the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

“Final Series Legal Final Maturity Date” means the Series Legal Final Maturity Date with respect to the last Series of Notes Outstanding.

“Financial Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b) of the Base Indenture.

“Fiscal Quarter Percentage” means 10%.

“Franchise Agreement” means a franchise agreement whereby a Franchisee agrees to operate a Branded Location, including a multi-unit license agreement pursuant to which a Franchisee is authorized to operate multiple Branded Locations.

“Franchise Documents” means, collectively, all Franchise Agreements (including master franchise agreements and related service or license agreements), Development Agreements and agreements related thereto, together with any modifications, amendments, extensions or replacements of the foregoing.

“Franchised Canadian Locations” means the Branded Locations in Canada that are owned and operated by Franchisees that are unaffiliated with Parent and its Affiliates pursuant to a Franchise Agreement that is granted by a Non-Securitization Entity.

23

“Franchisee” means any Person that is a franchisee under a Franchise Agreement.

“Franchisee Payments” means all amounts payable to any SPV Franchising Entity by or on behalf of Franchisees pursuant to the Franchise Documents, including, without limitation, franchise fees, Maaco Net Advertising Commissions, Advertising Fees, software and systems licensing and maintenance revenue, referral, renewal and transfer fees (if any), amounts in respect of product and equipment sales (including rebates or other amounts), franchise royalty payments, and amounts paid by Franchisees on short-term notes, fees in respect to the administration of insurance programs, other than, in any case, Excluded Amounts.

“Franchisor Holdco” means Driven Systems LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Funding Holdco” means Driven Funding Holdco, LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

“Future Brand” means any franchise brand that is acquired or developed by Parent or any of its affiliates after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date and contributed to one or more Securitization Entities in a manner consistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents; provided that “Future Brand” will not include any of the Driven Securitization Brands existing as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date or any Trademark owned by a Securitization Entity as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, Series 2016-1 Closing Date or Series 2018-1 Closing Date.

“Future Brand Assets” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

“Future Brand IP” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Permitted Brand Disposition”.

“Future Securitization Entity” means any entity that becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Funding Holdco, the Issuer or Franchisor Holdco after the Series 2018-1 Closing Date in accordance with and as permitted under the Transaction Documents and is designated by the Manager as a “Future Securitization Entity” pursuant to Section 8.30 of the Base Indenture.

“GAAP” means the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect from time to time; provided that, for purposes of computing each of the Driven Brands Leverage Ratio and the Senior Leverage Ratio (including any financial and accounting terms included in the components thereof), GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and successors in effect on the Series 2015-1 Closing Date.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation or any political subdivision of the foregoing, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

“Government Securities” means readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof and as to which obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof.

24

“Gross Sales” means, with respect to any franchise or company-owned location, the total amount of revenue received from the sale of all products and performance of all services (except Manager-approved promotional items) and all other income of every kind and nature (including gift certificates when redeemed but not when purchased, in the case of Securitization-Owned Locations that are not Take 5 Company Locations, and including the initial sale of gift cards, in the case of Take 5 Company Locations), whether for cash or credit and regardless of collection in the case of credit; provided that Gross Sales shall not include (i) any sales taxes or other taxes, in each case collected from customers for transmittal to the appropriate taxing authority, or (ii) revenues that are not subject to royalties in accordance with the related franchise agreement or other applicable agreement.

“Guarantee and Collateral Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of the Series 2018-1 Closing Date, by and among the Guarantors in favor of the Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Guarantors” means, collectively, Funding Holdco, Franchisor Holdco, SPV Product Sales Holder, Radiator Product Sales Holder, the other SPV Franchising Entities, Take 5 Properties and any Future Securitization Entities.

“Hot Back-Up Management Duties” has the meaning set forth in the Back-Up Management Agreement.

“Improvements” means any additions, modifications, developments, variations, refinements, enhancements or improvements that are derivative works as defined and recognized by applicable Requirements of Law.

“Indebtedness” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money in any form, including net obligations in respect of derivatives, and (b) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price for property or services, which purchase price is (i) due more than one year from the date of the incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument (other than (x) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (y) an earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and (z) liabilities associated with client prepayments and deposits). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will not include (i) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing to any governmental entity, (ii) amounts payable under third party license agreements and third-party supply agreements or similar trade debt incurred in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with the Managing Standard or (iii) that portion of obligations with respect to any lease of any property, whether real, personal or mixed and whether or not classified as Capitalized Lease Obligations and whether or not such lease is pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction (for the avoidance of doubt, whether or not such sale-leaseback transaction is accounted for under the financing method).

“Indemnification Amount” means (i) with respect to any Securitization Asset, an amount equal to the Allocated Note Amount for such asset and (ii) with respect to any Securitization IP, any amount required to reimburse the applicable Securitization Entity for the expenses related to defending or enforcing its rights in such Securitization IP.

“Indenture” means the Base Indenture, together with all Series Supplements, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by Supplements thereto in accordance with its terms.

25

“Indenture Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Base Indenture.

“Indenture Documents” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, collectively, the Base Indenture, the related Series Supplements, the Notes of such Series, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the related Account Control Agreements, any related Note Purchase Agreements and any other agreements relating to the issuance or the purchase of the Notes of such Series or the pledge of Collateral under any of the foregoing.

“Initial Driven Brands License Agreement” means the Driven Brands License Agreement, dated as of the Series 2015-1 Closing Date, by and between the SPV Franchising Entities (other than CARSTAR Franchisor and Take 5 Franchisor), as licensors, and Parent, as licensee.

“Indenture Trust Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Account, the Collection Account Administrative Accounts, the Cash Trap Reserve Account, the Class A-1 Notes Commitment Fees Account, the Senior Notes Interest Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, the Subordinated Notes Interest Payment Account, the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, the Senior Notes Principal Payment Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, the Subordinated Notes Principal Payment Account, the Securitization Operating Expense Account, the Senior Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Senior Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Subordinated Notes Post-ARD Additional Interest Account, the Series Distribution Accounts and such other accounts as the Trustee may establish from time to time pursuant to its authority to establish additional accounts pursuant to the Indenture.

“Independent” means, as to any Person, any other Person (including, in the case of an accountant or lawyer, a firm of accountants or lawyers and any member thereof or an investment bank and any member thereof) who (i) does not have and is not committed to acquire any material direct or any material indirect financial interest in such Person or in any Affiliate of such Person and (ii) is not connected with such Person or an Affiliate of such Person as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. “Independent” when used with respect to any accountant may include an accountant who audits the books of such Person if, in addition to satisfying the criteria set forth above, the accountant is independent with respect to such Person within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Whenever any Independent Person’s opinion or certificate is to be furnished to the Trustee, such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning hereof.

“Independent Auditors” means the firm of Independent accountants appointed pursuant to the Management Agreement or any successor Independent accountant.

“Independent Manager” means, with respect to any limited liability company or corporation, an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by Corporation Service Company, CT Corporation, Lord Securities Corporation, National Registered Agents, Inc., ▇▇▇▇▇▇▇ Management Company, Wilmington Trust, National Association, Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc., or, if none of those companies is then providing professional independent managers, another nationally-recognized company reasonably approved by the Trustee, in each case that is not an Affiliate of such Person and that provides professional independent managers and other corporate services

26

in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Manager and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as Independent Manager be, any of the following:

(i)     a member (other than as a special member), partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of such Person, the member or shareholder thereof, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an independent manager or special member of such Person or an Affiliate of such Person that is not in the direct chain of ownership of such Person (except for a Securitization Entity) and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity; provided that such independent manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers in the ordinary course of its business);

(ii)     a creditor, supplier or service provider (including a provider of professional services) to such Person, or any of its equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional independent directors or managers and other corporate services to such Person or any of its equityholders or Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

(iii)     a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

(iv)     a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies clause (i) by reason of being the independent director or manager of a “special purpose entity” which is an Affiliate of any Person shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Manager of such Person; provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as independent director or manager of any Affiliate of such Person in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than 5% of such individual’s annual income for that year.

“Ineligible Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.18 of the Base Indenture.

“Initial Principal Amount” means, with respect to any Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of such Series or Class (or Subclass) of Notes specified in the applicable Series Supplement.

“Insolvency” means liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization or conservation; and when used as an adjective, “Insolvent”.

“Insolvency Law” means any applicable federal, state or foreign law relating to liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, composition, reorganization, conservation or other similar law now or hereafter in effect.

“Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means an amount equal to (i) any cash payments or proceeds received by the Securitization Entities (a) by reason of theft, physical destruction or damage or any other similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities under any policy of insurance (other than liability insurance) in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (b) as a result of any non-temporary condemnation, taking, seizing or similar event with respect to any properties or assets of the Securitization Entities by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any actual and reasonable documented costs incurred by the Securitization Entities in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of the Securitization Entities in respect thereof and (b) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with any disposition of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, including income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable by the Securitization Entities’ consolidated group as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, “Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” will not include

27

any proceeds of policies of insurance not relating to theft, physical destruction or damage in respect of the properties or assets of the Securitization Entities, and therefore will exclude such items as business interruption insurance and other insurance procured in the ordinary course of business, which shall be treated as ordinary Collections.

“Insurance Proceeds Account” means the account maintained in the name of the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee into which the Manager causes amounts to be deposited pursuant to Section 5.10(d) of the Base Indenture or any successor account established for the Issuer by the Manager for such purpose pursuant to the Base Indenture and the Management Agreement.

“Intellectual Property” or “IP” means all rights in intellectual property of any type throughout the world, including (i) all Trademarks; (ii) all Patents; (iii) all Software; (iv) all Copyrights; (v) all Trade Secrets; (vi) all social media account names or identifiers (e.g., Twitter^® handle or Facebook^® account name); (vii) all Improvements of or to any of the foregoing; and (viii) all registrations, applications for registration or issuances, recordings, renewals and extensions relating to any of the foregoing.

“Interest Accrual Period” means a period commencing on and including the 20^th day of the calendar month in which the immediately preceding Quarterly Payment Date occurred and ending on but excluding the 20^th day of the calendar month that includes the then-current Quarterly Payment Date; provided that the initial Interest Accrual Period for any Series will commence on and include the Series Closing Date and end on the date specified in the applicable Series Supplement; provided, further, that, for any Series, the Interest Accrual Period immediately preceding the Quarterly Payment Date on which the last payment on the Notes of such Series is to be made will end on such Quarterly Payment Date; provided, further, that, solely with respect to any Class A-1 Notes of any Series of Notes, the Interest Accrual Period shall be the applicable Interest Accrual Period specified in the applicable Series Supplement and Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

“Interest-Only DSCR” means the DSCR calculated as of any Quarterly Calculation Date without giving effect to clause (D) of the definition of “Debt Service”.

“Interest Reserve Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued under any Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Senior Noteholders or the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, as applicable.

“Interest Reserve Release Amount” means, as of any Quarterly Calculation Date, the excess, if any, of (i) the Available Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account Amount over (ii) the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Amount, in each case, for the immediately following Quarterly Payment Date.

“Interest Reserve Release Event” means, with respect to any Series of Notes, an event allowing funds to be released from the Senior Notes Interest Reserve Account or the Senior Subordinated Notes Interest Reserve Account, as applicable, identified as an Interest Reserve Release Event with respect to such Series of Notes pursuant to the applicable Series Supplement.

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

“Investment Income” means the investment income earned on a specified account during a specified period, in each case net of all losses and expenses allocable thereto.

“Investment Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the applicable UCC.

28

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person(s), all investments by such Person(s) in other Persons in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding (x) accounts receivable, (y) trade credit and advances to customers and (z) commission, travel, moving and other similar advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants of such Person(s) (including Affiliates) made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.

“Investor Request Certification” means a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Base Indenture.

“IP License Agreements” means each Canadian IP License Agreement, the Driven Brands License Agreement, the Econo Lube License Agreement, the Carstar License Agreement, the Carstar Master License Agreement and the Take 5 License Agreement.

“Large Franchisor Exemption Amount” means any cash amount contributed (and reasonably documented) to any Securitization Entity by any Non-Securitization Affiliate in order, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager, to satisfy the minimum net worth requirement a franchisor must maintain in order to take advantage of an exemption that may be available under state franchise registration laws when (i) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company maintains a certain minimum net worth based on its most recent consolidated audited financial statements and (ii) the franchisor and/or, depending on the corporate structure, its parent company (and, in certain cases, its predecessor) possess certain franchising and/or operating experience involving a minimum number of units over a certain period of time.

“L/C Downgrade Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17 of the Base Indenture.

“L/C Provider” means, with respect to any Series of Class A-1 Notes, the party identified as the “L/C Provider” or the “L/C Issuing Bank,” as the context requires, in the applicable Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement.

“Legacy Account” means, on or after the date that any Class or Series of Notes issued pursuant to the Base Indenture is no longer Outstanding, any account maintained by the Trustee to which funds have been allocated in accordance with the Priority of Payments for the payment of interest, fees or other amounts in respect of such Class or Series of Notes.

“Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement” means a reimbursement agreement, by and among the Parent and the Issuer, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, which permits letters of credit to be issued pursuant to a Class A-1 Note Purchase Agreement that are for the sole benefit of one or more Non-Securitization Entities and that provide that the Issuer will receive a fee from each Non-Securitization Entity whose obligations are secured by any such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the cost to the Issuer in connection with the issuance and maintenance of such Letter of Credit plus an agreed-upon margin.

“Licensee-Developed IP” means all Intellectual Property (other than the Excluded IP) created, developed, authored, acquired or owned by or on behalf of any licensee under any IP License Agreement related to or intended to be used by (i) any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (ii) products or services sold or distributed under any of the Driven Securitization Brands, (iii) Branded Locations, (iv) the Driven Brands System, (v) the Contributed Franchise Business or (vi) the Securitization-Owned Locations, including, without limitation, all Improvements to any Securitization IP.